TW379166B - Winding apparatus for laminated veneer - Google Patents

Winding apparatus for laminated veneer Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW379166B
TW379166B TW087119293A TW87119293A TW379166B TW 379166 B TW379166 B TW 379166B TW 087119293 A TW087119293 A TW 087119293A TW 87119293 A TW87119293 A TW 87119293A TW 379166 B TW379166 B TW 379166B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
force
signal
roller
roll
crimping
Prior art date
Application number
TW087119293A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Yukinobu Kuno
Masaru Koike
Original Assignee
Meinan Machinery Works
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Meinan Machinery Works filed Critical Meinan Machinery Works
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TW379166B publication Critical patent/TW379166B/en

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B27WORKING OR PRESERVING WOOD OR SIMILAR MATERIAL; NAILING OR STAPLING MACHINES IN GENERAL
    • B27DWORKING VENEER OR PLYWOOD
    • B27D1/00Joining wood veneer with any material; Forming articles thereby; Preparatory processing of surfaces to be joined, e.g. scoring
    • B27D1/04Joining wood veneer with any material; Forming articles thereby; Preparatory processing of surfaces to be joined, e.g. scoring to produce plywood or articles made therefrom; Plywood sheets

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Forests & Forestry (AREA)
  • Manufacture Of Wood Veneers (AREA)
  • Veneer Processing And Manufacture Of Plywood (AREA)
  • Floor Finish (AREA)

Abstract

The winding apparatus for laminated veneer provided by the present invention featuring: winding roll being supported freely for rotation and rolled with laminated veneer, a plurality of traveling units located beneath the winding roll, disposed along the center line of the axle of the winding roll at proper pitch and, traveling in the same direction perpendicular to the axle center line, a press-fit member installed at each traveling member and pressing the traveling units onto the winding roll with a specific force, signal emitters for output signals to change said specific force of the press-fit member and, when output signals to change said specific force of the press-fit member and, when outputting the detection signals from the signal emitter at the time responding to said signal, the pressing force of at least part of the press-fit members is reduced or turned to zero for output of action signals to a control device of the press-fit member.

Description

經濟部中央標準局貝工消费合作社印製 A7 _B?五、發明説明彳) (發明所屬的技術領域) 本發明係有關於一種用來捲取被搬送在與纖維呈垂直相 交之方向上的膠合板(以下稱爲單板)的捲取裝置。 (習知技術) 以往的單板的捲取裝置則提出有例如記載在特開昭 57 — 53306號公報中的裝置。 該裝置的主要部分,則如第3 2圖所示,備有:在單 板1 5 0的搬入側具有搖動中心,而在搬出側可以自由搖 動的多條搬入輸送帶1 5 1,朝與搬入輪送帶1 5 1之搬 送方向呈垂直相交的方向呈分割地配置多個,而以較搬入 輸送帶1 5 1稍微高速的速度而回轉驅動的接觸輥1 5 2 ,使接觸輥1 5 2朝箭頭的方向呈彈性地支撑在搬入輸送 帶1 5 1的彈性構件(未圖示),以及用來捲取單板的捲筒輥 153,而依序捲取成爲捲筒154。 (本發明所要解決的課題) 在上述習知裝置中,由於係藉著來自捲筒輥1 5 2的 摩擦力使捲筒1 5 4回轉,因此使接觸輥1 5 2壓接到捲 筒1 5 4的力量會比較大,但是由於接觸輥1 5 2與捲筒 1 5 4係在接近於圓與圓接觸的狀態下,在搬送方向上兩 者相接的長度短,因此,作用在捲筒輥1 5 2與捲筒 1 5 4之間之每單位面積的力量,亦即應力會變大。結果 ,單板會以大的應力被拉入到接觸輥1 5 2與捲筒1 5 4 (請先W讀背而之注意事項Η 行本頁) -裝. -4 線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X297公釐)·4- 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印製 A7 ____B7 五、發明説明ί ) · 之間》 而從原木藉著刀具被切削的單板1 5 0,則是在與在 搬送方向的纖維呈垂直相交的方向上呈不規則地產生細微 波浪的狀態下被搬送,或是在與形成了多數割痕之纖維呈 垂直相交的方向上容易產生彈性變形,且由於部分材質的 差異,即使是受到相同的力量,變形量也會不同。 結果,單板1 5 0會如上述般地被拉入,而自第3 2 圖之接觸輥1 5 2與捲筒1 5 4之間,朝作爲搬入側的左 側伸長,且由於該伸長量會在與搬送方向呈垂直相交的方 向上不同,因此單板1 5 0會蛇行,而會自一定的位置偏 離而被捲取,因而會碰到捲取裝置的機框,會有導致單板 1 5 0破裂的問題。 又藉著如上述般地被拉入,在自被搬入之單板1 5 0 的接觸輥1 5 2與捲筒1 5 4之間,則在搬入側以及在與 搬送方向呈垂直相交的方向上的兩端的位置,會如第3 2 圖所示產生隆起的部分1 5 0 a,更者因爲持續地被拉入 ,在該位置處,隆起的部分1 5 0 a會發生重叠,由於是 在此狀態下爲捲取捲盤1 5 3所捲取,因此,發生重叠的 部分所折到的部分會成爲傷痕而出現在製品上而導致品質 降低,因此會自該位置破裂,而有良品率降低的問題。 (解決課題的手段) 本發明爲了要解決該些問題,本發明之膠合板之捲取 裝置,其特徵在於:備有 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4说格(210Χ297公釐)-5- ---------^------1T------.^ (請先閱讀背而之注意事項再 Η本頁) Λ7 B7 經濟部中央標準局貝工消费合作社印繁 五 、 發明説明会 ) 1 | 被支 撑 成 可 以 白 由 地 從 動 回 轉 而 捲 有 膠 合 板 之 捲 筒 1 1 1 輥 » 位在 捲筒輥 的 下 方 > 隔 著 適 當 的 間 隔 設 在 捲 筒 輥 之 軸 1 1 中 心 線 的 方 向 9 在 與 該 軸 中 心 線 的 方 向 呈 垂 直 相 交 的 方 向 N 1 1 上 » 分 別 朝 相 同 的 方 向 驅 動 行 走 的 多 個 行 走 體 9 設 在 各 行 先 閱 1 I 走 體 > 而 以 — 定 的 力 量 將 各 行 走 體 壓 接 到 捲 筒 輕 的 壓 接構 背 ιέ 1 1 件 ) 輸 出 用 來 改 變 壓 接 構 件 之 上 述 力 量 的 信 號 的 信 號 發 出 < Ϊ 1 1 1 構 件 > 當 白 信 號 發 出 構件輸 出 檢 測 信 號 時 > 在與 該 信 號 呈 事 項 苒 1 1 I 對 應 的 時 間 至 少 使 一 部分 之 壓 接構件 之 上 述 壓 接 的 力 量 h 本 1 裝 變 小 或 成 爲 零 般 地 將 作 動 信 號 輸 出 到 壓 接 構 件 的 控 制 裝 置 頁 1 1 1 或 是 備 有 - 1 1 1 被 支 撑 成 可 以 白 由 地 從 動 回 轉 而 捲 有 膠 合 板 之 捲 筒 1 訂 1 輥 9 位 在 捲 筒 輥 的 下 方 隔 著 適 當 的 間 隔 設 在 捲 筒 輥 之 軸 1 1 中 心 線 的 方 向 在 與 該 軸 中 心 線 的 方 向 呈 垂 直 相 交 的 方 向 1 1 上 分 別 朝 相 同 的 方 向 驅 動 行 走 的 多 個 行 走體 設 在 各 行 1 | 走 體 9 而 以 — 定 的 力 量 將 各 行 走 體 壓 接 到 捲 筒 輥 的 壓 接 構 線 1 件 將 各 行 走 體 保 持 成 可 以 白 由 地 行 走 的 保 持 構 件 輸 出 1 1 用 來 改 變 壓 接 構 件 之 上 述 力 量 的 信 號 的 信 號 發 出 構 件 用 1 1 來 改 變 捲 筒 輥 與 保 持構 件 之 間 隔 的 間 隔 變 更 構 件 用 來 檢 1 1 測 爲 捲 筒 輥 所 捲 取 而 成 爲 捲 Aj*r ||K m ηΛ 之 膠 合 板 之 半 徑 的 捲 筒 1 | 半 徑 檢 測 構 件 當 白 信 號 發 出 構 件 輸 出 檢 測 信 號 時 9 在 與 1 1 該 檢 測 信 號 呈 對 應 的 時 間 使壓 接構 件 的 上 述 壓 接 的 力 量 1 1 變 小 或 成 爲 零 般 地 將 作動 信 號 輸出 到 壓 接構件 > 或 是 當 白 1 1 半 徑 檢 測 構 件 所 檢 測 出 的 半 徑 成 爲 — 定 量 時 $ 如 使 捲 筒 輥 1 1 1 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS } A4規格(210X297公釐),β. 經濟部中央標準局負工消费合作社印聚 A7 __._B?____ 五、發明説明4 ) 與保持構件之間隔擴展般地將作動信號輸出到間隔變更構 件的控制裝置。 或者備有: 被支撑成可以自由地從動回轉,而捲有膠合板之捲筒 輥,位在捲筒輥的下方,隔著適當的間隔設在捲筒輥之軸 中心線的方向,在與該軸中心線的方向呈垂直相交的方向 上,分別朝相同的方向驅動行走的多個行走體,設在各行 走體,而以一定的力量將各行走體壓接到捲筒輥的壓接構 件,輸出用來改變壓接構件之上述力量的信號的信號發出 構件,對於在上述軸中心線的方向,位在中央之兩側的壓 接構件,當最初將其中一側之至少一個壓接構件的上述力 量設成第1力量,而將另一側之至少1個壓接構件的上述 力量設成較第1力量爲小的第2力量,而當自信號發出構 件發出檢測信號時*藉由上述至少1個壓接構件將成爲第 1力量之壓接構件的力量變更成第2力量,或是將成爲第 2力童之壓接構件的力量變成第1力量,當以下每次自信 號發出構件發出信號時,如同樣地使壓接構件的力量交互 地變更般地將作動信號輸出到各壓接構件的控制裝置。 或者備有: 被支撑成可以自由地從動回轉,而捲有膠合板之捲筒 輥,位在捲筒輥的下方,隔著適當的間隔設在捲筒輥之軸 中心線的方向,在與該軸中心線的方向呈垂直相交的方向 上,分別朝相同的方向驊動行走的多個行走體,設在各行 走體,而U—定的力量將各行走.體壓接到捲筒輥的壓接構Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shellfish Consumer Cooperative, A7 _B? V. Description of the invention 彳) (Technical field to which the invention belongs) The present invention relates to a kind of plywood used to wind up plywood that is transported in a direction perpendicular to the fiber (Hereinafter referred to as a veneer) a winding device. (Conventional Technology) A conventional winding device for a single board has been proposed, for example, as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 57-53306. The main part of the device, as shown in FIG. 32, is provided with a swing center on the carry-in side of the single board 150, and a plurality of carry-in conveyors 1 51 that can freely swing on the carry-out side. A plurality of contact rollers 1 5 2 which are rotated and driven at a slightly higher speed than the carry-in conveyor belt 1 5 1 are arranged in a divided manner, and a plurality of contact rollers 1 5 2 are arranged in a direction that intersects the conveyance direction perpendicularly. 2 is elastically supported in the direction of the arrow by an elastic member (not shown) carried in the conveyer belt 151 and a reel roller 153 for winding the veneer, and is sequentially wound into a reel 154. (Problem to be Solved by the Invention) In the above-mentioned conventional device, since the reel 1 5 4 is rotated by the frictional force from the reel roll 1 5 2, the contact roller 1 5 2 is pressed against the reel 1 The force of 5 4 is relatively large, but since the contact roller 1 5 2 and the roll 1 5 4 are in a state close to the circle and the circle, the length of the contact between the two in the conveying direction is short, so it acts on the roll The force per unit area between the roller 1 2 and the roller 1 5 4, that is, the stress will increase. As a result, the veneer will be pulled into the contact roller 1 5 2 and the roll 1 5 4 with a large stress (please read the precautions before proceeding to this page)-installed. -4 The size of the paper is suitable for China National Standard (CNS) Α4 Specification (210X297 mm) · 4-Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 ____B7 V. Description of the Invention)) and veneer cut from logs by a tool 1 5 0, it is conveyed in a state where irregular waves are generated irregularly in the direction perpendicular to the fiber in the conveying direction, or it is easy to generate elasticity in the direction perpendicular to the fiber where most cuts are formed Deformation, and due to the difference in some materials, even if the same force is applied, the amount of deformation will be different. As a result, the veneer 1 50 will be pulled in as described above, and from the contact roller 1 5 2 and the reel 1 5 4 in FIG. 3, it will be extended toward the left side as the carry-in side. It will be different in the direction perpendicular to the conveying direction. Therefore, the board 150 will meander, and will be deflected from a certain position to be wound. Therefore, it will hit the frame of the winding device, which may cause the board. 1 5 0 The problem of cracking. By being pulled in as described above, between the contact roller 1 5 2 and the reel 1 5 4 of the veneer 1 50 that has been carried in, it is on the carrying side and in a direction orthogonal to the carrying direction The positions of the two ends of the upper part will generate a raised part 1 50 0 a as shown in Fig. 3, and because it is continuously pulled in, at this position, the raised part 15 0 a will overlap, because it is In this state, it is taken up by the take-up reel 1 5 3. Therefore, the folded portion will become a scar and appear on the product, resulting in a reduction in quality. Therefore, it will be broken from this position and a good product will be produced. The problem of lower rates. (Means for solving problems) In order to solve these problems, the plywood winding device of the present invention is characterized by having a paper size that is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 grid (210 × 297 mm) -5 ---------- ^ ------ 1T ------. ^ (Please read the precautions on the back before clicking this page) Λ7 B7 Shellfish Consumption of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Cooperative cooperatives 5. The invention briefing session) 1 | Supported to roll freely and roll with plywood rolls 1 1 1 Roller »Located below the roll rollers > Set the rolls at appropriate intervals The axis of the drum roller 1 1 The direction of the centerline 9 is in the direction N 1 1 that intersects the direction of the centerline of the axis perpendicularly. A plurality of walking bodies 9 driving in the same direction are driven in each row. Body > while crimping each walking body to the reel with a certain force-1 piece of light crimping structure) output a letter to change the above-mentioned strength of the crimping member The signal is emitted < Ϊ 1 1 1 member > When a white signal is emitted from the member to output a detection signal > The above-mentioned crimping force h of at least a part of the crimped member is made at a time corresponding to the signal event 苒 1 1 I The booklet 1 is a small or zero control device that outputs an operating signal to the crimping member. Page 1 1 1 or is available-1 1 1 is supported so that it can be driven freely and reeled with a plywood roll. 1 Order 1 Roller 9 Positioned below the roll roller on the shaft of the roll roller at an appropriate interval 1 1 The direction of the center line is perpendicular to the direction of the center line of the shaft 1 1 The directions are the same A plurality of walking bodies driven by directions are provided in each row 1 | walking body 9 and a crimping structure for crimping each walking body to a reel roller with a certain force is maintained. Each walking body can be kept to walk freely. of The holding member outputs 1 1 to change the signal of the above-mentioned force signal of the crimping member. The signal emitting member uses 1 1 to change the interval between the roll roller and the holding member. The interval changing member is used to detect 1 1 and it is measured as being taken up by the roll roller. And the roll 1 which becomes the radius of the plywood of the roll Aj * r || K m ηΛ 1 | radius detection member when the white signal is emitted from the member to output a detection signal 9 makes the above-mentioned crimp member at the time corresponding to 1 1 The force of crimping 1 1 becomes smaller or becomes zero, and the operating signal is output to the crimping member > or when the radius detected by the white 1 1 radius detecting member becomes-quantitative, if the reel roll 1 1 1 This paper size applies the Chinese national standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm), β. A7, Consumer Work Cooperative, Central Standards Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs, Yinju A7 __._ B? ____ V. Description of Invention 4) The interval between the extension member and the holding member is extended. Ground to output the operating signal to the interval changing mechanism Control device. Or it is equipped with: The roll roller supported by the roller can be driven to rotate freely, and the plywood roll is located below the roll roller, and is arranged at an appropriate interval in the direction of the axis centerline of the roll roller, and The direction of the centerline of the axis is perpendicular to the direction of intersection, and a plurality of traveling bodies that are driven in the same direction are respectively set on each traveling body, and each traveling body is crimped to the crimping roller with a certain force. A component that outputs a signal for changing the above-mentioned force of the crimping member. For a crimping member located on both sides of the center in the direction of the axis centerline, when at least one of the crimping members is crimped initially The aforementioned force of the member is set to the first force, and the aforementioned force of at least one crimping member on the other side is set to the second force which is smaller than the first force, and when a detection signal is emitted from the signal-emitting member * Change the force of the crimping member that becomes the first force to the second force from the at least one crimping member, or change the force of the crimping member that becomes the second force boy to the first force. Issue component When numbers, such as in the same manner that the force pressing member interaction changed camel actuation signal to the control means of each presser member. Or it is equipped with: The roll roller supported by the roller can be driven to rotate freely, and the plywood roll is located below the roll roller, and is arranged at an appropriate interval in the direction of the axis centerline of the roll roller, and The direction of the centerline of the axis is perpendicular to the direction of intersection, and a plurality of walking bodies walking in the same direction are respectively provided on each walking body, and U-definite force presses each walking body to the reel roller Crimp structure

本紙張尺度適用中國國家橾準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐)~~ITI ---------择------1T------.^ (誚先閱讀背面之注意事項再.Η本頁) 經濟部中央標率局負工消费合作社印裝 A7 _____ B? 五、發明説明$ ) 件,輸出用來改變壓接構件之上述力量的信號的信號發出 構件,對於在上述軸中心線的方向,位在中央之兩側的壓 接構件,當最初將其中一側之至少一個壓接構件的上述力 量設成第1力量,而將另一側之至少1個壓接構件的上述 力量設成較第1力量爲小的第2力量,而當自信號發出構 件發出檢測信號時,在將上述另一側之成爲第2力量的壓 接構@的力量設成第1力量後,將上述其中一側之成爲第 1力量的壓接構件的力量設成第2力量,接著當自信號發 出構件發出檢測信號時,在將上述其中一間之成爲第2力 量的壓接構件的力量設成第1力量後,將上述另一側之成 爲第1力量的壓接構件的力量設爲第2力量,在以下每次 自信號發出構件發出檢測信號時,則同樣地如變更壓接構 件之力量般地將作動信號輸出到各壓接構件的控制裝置》 或者備有: 被支撑成可以自由地從動回轉,而捲有膠合板之捲筒 輥,位在捲筒輥的下方,隔著適當的間隔設在捲筒輥之軸 中心線的方向,在與該軸中心線的方向呈垂直相交的方向 上,分別朝相同的方向驅動行走的多個行走體,設在各行 走體,而以一定的力量將各行走體壓接到捲筒輥的壓接構 件,將各行走體保持成可以自由地行走的保持構件,輸出 用來改變壓接構件之上述力量的信號的信號發出構件,用 來改變捲筒輥與保持構件之間隔的間隔變更構件,用來檢 測爲捲筒輥所捲取,而成爲捲筒狀之膠合板之半徑的捲筒 半徑檢測構件,對於在上述軸中心線的方向,位在中央之 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格( 210X297公釐)-8- ---------¢------1T------Φ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項-ffi-.ie本頁) Λ7 五、發明説明4 ) 兩側的壓接構件,當最初將其中一側之至少一個壓接構件 的上述力量設成第1力量,而將另一側之至少1個壓接構 件的上述力量設成較第1力量爲小的第2力量,而當自信 號發出構件發出檢測信號時,藉由上述至少1個壓接構件 將成爲第1力量之壓接構件的力量變更成第2力量,或是 將成爲第2量之壓接構件的力量變更成第1力量,當以下 每次自信號發出構件發出信號時,如同樣地使壓接構件的 力量交互地變更般地將作動信號輸出到各壓接構件、或是 當自捲筒半徑檢測構件所檢測的半徑成爲一定量時,如使 捲筒輥與保持構件的間隔擴大般地將作動信號輸出到間隔 變更構件的控制裝置》 或者備有: 被支撑成可以自由地從動回轉,而捲有膠合板之捲筒 輥,位在捲筒輥的下方,隔著適當的間隔設在捲筒輥之軸 中心線的方向,在與該軸中心線的方向呈垂直相交的方向 上,分別朝相同的方向驅動行走的多個行走體,設在各行 走體,而以一定的力量將各行走體壓接到捲筒輥的壓接構 件,將各行走體保持成可以自由地行走的保持構件,輸出 用來改變壓接構件之上述力量的信號的信號發出構件及, 用來改變捲筒輥與保持構件之間隔的間隔變更構件,用來 檢測爲捲筒輥所捲取,而成爲捲筒狀之膠合板之半徑的捲 筒半徑檢測構件,對於在上述軸中心線的方向,位在中央 之兩側的壓接構件,當最初將其中一側之至少一個壓接構 件的上述力量設成第1力量,而將另一側之至少1個壓接 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210Χ297公釐)_9_ ---------裝-- 請先閱請背面之注意事項爯 ί-本頁〕 ,ιτ -線· 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印製 經濟部中央標準局貝工消费合作社印裝 A7 B7 五、發明説明文) 構件的上述力量設成較第1力量爲小的第2力量,而當自 信號發出構件發出檢測信號時,在將上述另一側之成爲第 2力量的壓接構件的力量設成第1力量後,將上述其中一 側之成爲第1力量的壓接構件的力量設成第2力量,接著 當自信號發出構件發出檢測信號時,在將上述其中一側之 成爲第2力量的壓接構件的力量設成第1力量後,將上述 另一側之成爲第1力量的壓接構件的力量設爲第2力量, 在以下每次自信號發出構件發出檢測信號時,則同樣地如 變更壓接構件之力量般地將作動信號輸出到各壓接構件, 或是當自捲筒半徑檢測構件所檢測之半徑成爲一定量時, 如使捲筒輥與保持構件之間隔擴大般地將作動信號輸出到 間隔變更構件的控制裝置。 或者備有: 被支撑成可以自由地從動回轉,而捲有膠合板之捲筒 輥,位在捲筒輥的下方,隔著適當的間隔設在捲筒輥之軸 中心線的方向,在與該軸中心線的方向呈垂直相交的方向 上,分別朝相同的方向驅動行走的多個行走體,設在各行 走體,而以一定的力量將各行走體壓接到捲筒輥的壓接構 件,將各行走體保持成可以自由地行走的保持構件,輸出 用來改變壓接構件之上述力量的信號的信號發出構件,用 來改變捲筒輥與保時構件之間隔的間隔變更構件;用來檢 測爲捲筒輥所捲取,而成爲捲筒狀之膠合板之半徑的捲筒 半徑檢測構件,當自信號發出構件發出檢測信號時,在與 該信號呈對應的時間,如使所有之壓接構件之上述壓接的 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格( 210X297公釐)· <|〇 · ---------私衣------1T------線 {婧先閱讀背16之注意事項真巧本頁) 經濟部中央樣準局员工消費合作社印聚 Λ7 B? 五、發明説明4 ) 力量減少或成爲零般地將作動信號輸出到壓接構件,或是 當自捲筒半徑檢測構件所檢測出的半徑成爲一定量時,如 使捲筒輥與保持構件的間隔擴大般地將作動信號輸出到間 隔變更構件的控制裝置。 又在上述構成中,信號發出構件可以構成爲在每次行 走體行走一定的距離時會輸出檢測信號,或是可以構成爲 在行走體行走之期間,每經一定的時間會輸出檢測信號, 捲筒半徑檢測構件係由抵接在捲筒的外周面,而可以在捲 筒之半徑方向·上移動的抵接構件與用來檢測該抵接構件自 捲筒所接受之力量的負載單元所構成。 或者備有: 被支撑成可以自由地從動回轉,而捲有膠合板之捲筒 輥,位在捲筒輥的下方,隔著適當的間隔設在捲筒輥之軸 中心線的方向,在與該軸中心線的方向呈垂直相交的方向 上,分別朝相同的方向驅動行走的多個行走體,設在各行 走體,而以一定的力量將各行走體壓接到捲筒輥的壓接構 件,位在捲筒輥的搬入側,而在上述軸中心線的方向,在 中央的兩側個別設置,而檢測在行走體上之膠合板上是否 產生一定量之鬆弛,且輸出信號的鬆弛檢測器,在自鬆弛 檢測器持續地輸出檢測信號的期間,自上述中央具有輸出 檢測信號之鬆弛檢測器的一側,至少使1個壓接構件的上 述一定的力量減小或是設成零,而當自鬆弛檢測器不再輸 出檢測信號時,則如使至少.1個壓接構件的力量回復到上 述一定之力量般地將作動信號輸出到壓接構件的控制裝置 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4現格(210X297公釐) -11 - ---------^-- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再.i ,>v本頁)This paper size applies to China National Standards (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) ~~ ITI --------- Select --------- 1T ------. ^ (诮 Read first Note on the back again. Η This page) A7 _____ B printed by the Central Laboratories of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Consumer Cooperatives. 5. Description of the invention $), a signal emitting component that outputs a signal to change the above force of the crimping component For the crimping member located on both sides of the center in the direction of the axis centerline, when the above-mentioned force of at least one crimping member on one side is first set to the first force, and at least 1 of the other side is set The aforementioned force of each crimping member is set to a second force which is smaller than the first force, and when a detection signal is emitted from the signal emitting member, the force setting of the crimping member @ which becomes the second force on the other side is set After the first force is formed, the force of the crimping member that becomes the first force on one of the sides is set to the second force, and then when a detection signal is sent from the signal emitting member, one of the above is made the second force. After the force of the crimping member is set to the first force, the other side is set to the pressure of the first force. The force of the member is set to the second force, and each time a detection signal is emitted from the signal emitting member, the control signal is output to each of the crimping members in the same manner as the force of the crimping member is changed. : It is supported so that it can rotate freely, and the plywood-rolled roll is located below the roll, and is set at an appropriate interval in the direction of the axis centerline of the roll, and at the center of the axis The direction of the line is perpendicular to the direction of intersection, and a plurality of traveling bodies that are driven to travel in the same direction are respectively provided on each traveling body, and each traveling body is pressed to the crimping member of the roll with a certain force, and Each traveling body is held as a holding member that can walk freely, and a signal emitting member that outputs a signal for changing the aforementioned force of the crimping member is used to change the interval changing member between the roll roller and the holding member, and is used to detect The roll radius detecting member taken up by the roll and forming the radius of the roll-shaped plywood is applicable to the central paper size in the direction of the above-mentioned axis centerline National Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210X297 mm) -8- --------- ¢ ------ 1T ------ Φ (Please read the precautions on the back first -ffi- .ie page) Λ7 V. Description of the invention 4) At first, the above-mentioned force of at least one crimping member on one side is set to the first force, and at least one of the other side is crimping member. The aforementioned force of the welding member is set to a second force which is smaller than the first force, and when a detection signal is sent from the signal emitting member, the force of the pressing member which becomes the first force is changed by the at least one pressing member. It becomes the second force, or changes the force of the crimping member that becomes the second quantity to the first force. When the following signal is sent from the signal emitting member, the force of the crimping member is changed interactively in the same way. When an operating signal is output to each crimping member, or when the radius detected by the self-roller radius detecting member becomes a certain amount, the operating signal is output to the interval changing member as if the interval between the roll roller and the holding member is enlarged. Control device >> Or equipped with: Supported to be able to follow the free rotation, while the The plate roll is located below the roll roll, and is arranged at a proper interval in the direction of the axis centerline of the roll roll, and in a direction perpendicular to the direction of the axis centerline, the same A plurality of traveling bodies that drive in the direction are provided on each traveling body, and each traveling body is crimped to a crimping member of a reel roller with a certain force, and each traveling body is held as a holding member that can walk freely, and output A signal transmitting member for changing the signal of the above-mentioned force of the crimping member, and an interval changing member for changing the interval between the roll roller and the holding member, for detecting the winding by the roll roller to become a roll-shaped For the roll radius detection member of the radius of the plywood, for the crimping member located on both sides of the center in the direction of the axis center line, the above-mentioned force of at least one of the crimping members on one side is initially set to the first force. , And at least one crimp on the other side of the paper is in accordance with the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 × 297 mm) _9_ --------- installed-please read the precautions on the back first爯 ί-this page], ιτ- · Printed by the Consumers 'Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economics. Printed A7 B7 by the Consumers' Cooperatives. 5. Description of the invention) The above-mentioned power of the component is set to be the second power which is smaller than the first power. When the No. emitting member sends a detection signal, the force of the crimping member which becomes the second force on the other side is set to the first force, and the force of the crimping member which becomes the first force on the other side is set to The second force, and when a detection signal is sent from the signal transmitting member, after setting the force of the crimping member that becomes the second force on one side to the first force, the other side becomes the first force. The force of the crimping member is set to the second force, and each time a detection signal is sent from the signal emitting member, the operation signal is output to each of the crimping members in the same manner as the force of the crimping member is changed, or when the When the radius detected by the roll radius detecting member becomes a certain amount, the control device outputs an operation signal to the interval changing member as if the interval between the roll roller and the holding member is enlarged. Or it can be equipped with: a roll roller supported by the roller can be rotated freely, and the plywood roll is positioned below the roll roller, and is arranged at an appropriate interval in the direction of the axis centerline of the roll roller, and The direction of the centerline of the axis is perpendicular to the direction of intersection, and a plurality of traveling bodies that are driven in the same direction are respectively set on each traveling body, and each traveling body is crimped to the crimping roller with a certain force. A member that holds each traveling body as a holding member that can walk freely, and a signal emitting member that outputs a signal for changing the above-mentioned force of the crimping member, and an interval changing member that changes the interval between the reel roller and the timing member; The roll radius detection member used to detect the radius of the plywood that is rolled by the roll roller, when the detection signal is sent from the signal emitting member, at a time corresponding to the signal, such as making all The paper size of the above-mentioned crimping member of the crimping member is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) · < | 〇 · --------- Private Clothing ------ 1T- ----- line {Jing first read the note of the back 16 Really this page) The Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Procurement Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Consumers' Cooperative Λ7 B? V. Description of the Invention 4) The power is reduced or becomes zero, and the operating signal is output to the crimping member, or when the self-reel radius detecting member When the detected radius becomes a certain amount, the control device outputs an operation signal to the interval changing member as if the interval between the roll roller and the holding member is increased. In the above configuration, the signal emitting member may be configured to output a detection signal every time a walking body walks a certain distance, or may be configured to output a detection signal every time a walking body walks. The drum radius detection member is composed of an abutment member that is in contact with the outer peripheral surface of the drum and can move in the radial direction of the drum and a load unit for detecting the force received by the abutment member from the drum. . Or it can be equipped with: a roll roller supported by the roller can be rotated freely, and the plywood roll is positioned below the roll roller, and is arranged at an appropriate interval in the direction of the axis centerline of the roll roller, and The direction of the centerline of the axis is perpendicular to the direction of intersection, and a plurality of traveling bodies that are driven in the same direction are respectively set on each traveling body, and each traveling body is crimped to the crimping roller with a certain force. The component is located on the roll-in side of the reel roller, and is set separately on both sides of the center in the direction of the above-mentioned axis centerline, and detects whether a certain amount of slack occurs on the plywood on the walking body, and the slack detection of the output signal While the self-relaxation detector is continuously outputting a detection signal, at least one of the above-mentioned certain force of the crimping member is reduced or set to zero from the side of the above-mentioned slackness detector that outputs the detection signal in the center, When the self-relaxation detector no longer outputs a detection signal, the control device for outputting the operating signal to the crimping member will return the force of at least .1 crimping member to the above-mentioned certain force. Zhang scale applicable Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 current grid (210X297 mm) -11----------- ^ - (Please read the Notes on the back again .i, > v page)

、1T 線 經濟部中央標準局負工消费合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明ίί ) 又在上述構成中,行走體爲皮帶。 或者備有: 被支撑成可以自由地從動回轉,而用來捲取膠合板之 捲筒輥,使捲筒輥上下動的作動裝置,位在捲筒輥的下方 ,具有與捲筒輥之軸中心線呈平行的軸中心線,在軸中心 線的方向隔著間隔被配置,以一定的力量,且通常在上下 方向的一定位置被壓接到捲筒輥的接觸輥,位在捲筒輥的 下方,在與捲筒輥之軸中心線的方向呈垂直相交的方向, 分別會在相同的方向上通過該間隔被驅動行走的多個皮帶 ,設在各皮帶,且以一定的力量將各皮帶壓接到捲筒輥的 壓接構件,在皮帶每次行走一定之距離時會輸出信號的行 走距離檢測器,檢測自上述接觸輥之一定位置在上下方向 的移動量,且輸出信號的接觸輥位置檢測器,對於自與上 述皮帶之行走方向呈垂直方向的中央位在兩側的壓接構件 ,當最初將其中一側之至少1個壓接構件的上述力量設成 第1力量,而將另一側之至少1個壓接構件的上述力量設 成較第1力量爲小的第2力量,而自行走距離檢測器輸出 檢測信號時,藉由上述至少1個壓接構件,將成爲第1力 量的壓接構件的力量變更成第2力量,或是將成爲第2力 量的壓接構件的力量變更或第1力量,在以下每次自行走 距離檢測器輸出檢測信號時,如同樣地使壓接構件的力量 交互變更般地將作動信號輸出到各上述壓接構件,且當自 接觸輥位置檢測器輸出該接觸輥下降一定量時的信號時, 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS } Α4規格(210X297公釐).-J2 ---------辦衣------,1Τ------^ (請先閱請背16之注意事項再 本頁) 經濟部中央標準局貝工消费合作社印繁 Λ7 ___;_____B7 五、發明説明《〇 ) 則讓捲筒輥上升,接著當自該位置檢測器輸出該接觸輥到 達一定位置的信號時,則會停止上升,而如此般將作動信 號輸出到各上述作動裝置的控制裝置。 或者備有: 被支撑成可以自由地從動回轉,而用來捲取膠合板之 捲筒輥,使捲筒輥上下動的作動裝置,位在捲筒輥的下方 ,具有與捲筒輥之軸中心線呈平行的軸中心線,在軸中心 線的方向隔著間隔被配置,以一定的力量,且通常在上下 方向的一定位置被壓接到捲筒輥的接觸輥,位在捲筒輥的 下方,在與捲筒輥之軸中心線的方向呈垂直相交的方向, 分別會在相同的方向上通過該間隔被驅動行走的多個皮帶 ,設在各皮帶,且以一定的力量將各皮帶壓接到捲筒輥的 壓接構件,在皮帶每次行走一定之距離時會輸出信號的行 走距離檢測器,檢測自上述接觸輥之一定位置在上下方向 的移動量,且輸出信號的接觸輥位置檢測器*對於自與上 述皮帶之行走方向呈垂直方向的中央位在兩側的壓接構件 ,當最初將其中一側之至少1個壓接構件的上述力量設成 第1力量,而將另一側之至少1個壓接構件的上述力量設 成較第1力量爲小的第2力量’而自行走距離檢測器輸出 檢測信號時’在將上述至另一側之成爲第2力量的壓接構 件的力量設成第1力量後’將在上述其中一側成爲第1力 量之壓接構件的力量設成第2力量’接著當自信號發出構 件發出檢測信號時’在古述其中一側之成爲第1力量的壓 接構件的'力量設成第1力量後,將上述另—側之成爲第1 本紙張又度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210Χ297公釐)~- 13- . ---------种衣------1Τ------^ (誚先閲讀背而之注意事項其 h本頁) 經濟部中央樣準局員工消費合作社印製 Λ7 B7 五、發明説明) 力量之壓接構件的力量設成第2力量,在以下每次自行走 距離檢測器輸出檢測信號時,如同樣地使壓接構件的力量 交互變更般地將作動信號輸出到各上述壓接構件,且當自 接觸輥位置檢測器輸出該接觸輥下降一定量時的信號時, 則讓捲筒輥上升,接著當自該位置檢測器輸出該接觸輥到 達一定位置的信號時,則會停止上升,而如此般將作動信 號輸出到各上述作動裝置的控制裝置。 又在^述構成中,壓接構件可以是空壓缸。 當如上而構成時,在捲取呈單板時,即使在捲筒之搬 入側處,在單板發生隆起的部分,當壓接構件的上述力量 ,根據來自信號發出構件的信號而成爲較第1力量爲小的 第2力量時,則單板在通過捲筒與行走體之間時不會被拉 ,而在稍微鬆弛的狀態下被捲取而成爲捲筒。 發明之實施形態 其次請參照第1圖來說明本發明之第1實施形態。 第1圖係表正面說明圖,第2圖係表自第1圖之一點 鎖線A - A來看箭頭方向時,以二點鎮線來表示後述之捲 筒輥3 5以及線供給噴嘴3 1的平面說明圖。 讓後述的皮帶4保成成可以自由行走之保持構件的一 例,則是在藉由被固定在基台(未圖示)的軸承1而被支撑成 可以自由回轉,且藉由馬達(未圖示)而回轉驅動的回轉軸2 上,在回轉軸2之軸中心線的方向,亦即,在第2圖中, 在上下方向隔著間隔固定有8個滑輪3。又藉著將皮帶4 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標率(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐)-U -, ---------^------,订----:--0 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再>3本頁) M濟部中央樣準局貝工消费合作社印製 A7 R7 五、發明説明<2 ) 掛在相對於各滑輪3,而設在後述之皮帶4的行走方向上 游側之可以自由從動回轉的滑輪(未圖示),使8條皮帶4可 以分別朝著第2圖的箭頭方向行走。此外,爲了要測出皮 帶4的速度以及行走距離,在回轉軸2則連接有用來測量 回轉軸2之每單位時間之回轉數而由旋轉編碼器等所構成 的回轉計測器4 3。 在回轉軸2的皮帶4行走方向上游側(以下稱爲上游側) ,如第2圖所示,配置有在周圍設有胺基甲酸酯橡膠5的 接觸輥6,而相對於皮帶4之行走的部分以及後述之線供 給噴嘴3 1之部分的胺基甲酸酯橡膠,則藉由削取,在接 觸輥6之軸中心線方向,隔著間隔形成在接觸輥6之回轉 方向上連續的溝部7以及寬度較溝部7爲狹窄的溝部8。 又,如第2圖所示,在接觸輥6的上游側,則配置有 藉由被固定在基台(未圖示)的軸承9,將軸10支撑成可以 自由回動的輥11,而在各軸10的端部則固定有第1臂 12° 在第1臂12,則在自第2圖之一點饋線B — B來看 箭頭方向的側面說明圖中,如表示第1臂1 2以及與此相 關之構件的第3圖所示般,乃經由軸承1 4設置可以自由 回轉的接觸輥6的回轉軸1 3。因此,接觸輥6會以軸 1 0爲回動中心而朝箭頭所示之方向回轉》又在軸1 3的 下方,則在與基台之間配置壓縮彈簧1 5 ,又在第3圖中 ,則設置用來限制第1臂1. 2過度朝順時鐘方向回動的止 動構件16以及用來限制朝逆時鐘方向回動的止動構件 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐).<|5 ---------¾-- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再 ?本頁)1. Line 1T Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Consumer Cooperatives. A7 B7 5. Invention Description ί) In the above structure, the walking body is a belt. Or it is equipped with: an actuating device which is supported so as to be able to rotate freely and is used to take up a plywood roll roll, and to move the roll roll up and down, which is located below the roll roll and has an axis with the roll roll The centerline is parallel to the axis centerline and is arranged at intervals in the direction of the axis centerline. It is crimped to the contact roller of the reel roller with a certain force and usually at a certain position in the vertical direction. Under the direction perpendicular to the direction of the axis centerline of the roll roller, a plurality of belts that are driven to travel through the interval in the same direction are provided on each belt, and each belt is driven with a certain force. The belt is crimped to the crimping member of the reel roller, and a walking distance detector that outputs a signal each time the belt travels a certain distance, detects the amount of movement in a vertical direction from a certain position of the contact roller, and outputs a signal contact For the roller position detector, the pressure of at least one of the crimping members on one side of the crimping member is set to the first for the crimping members located on both sides from the center perpendicular to the running direction of the belt. And the force of the at least one crimping member on the other side is set to a second force smaller than the first force, and when the self-walking distance detector outputs a detection signal, the at least one crimping member is used. , When the force of the crimping member that becomes the first force is changed to the second force, or the force of the crimping member that is the second force is changed or the first force, each time the self-walking distance detector outputs a detection signal below If the force of the crimping member is changed in the same way, the operation signal is output to each of the crimping members, and when the signal from the contact roller position detector outputs a signal when the contact roller is lowered by a certain amount, this paper standard applies to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 Specification (210X297mm). -J2 --------- Clothing --------, 1T ------ ^ (Please read the note of Please read back 16 Matters are on this page) Yin Fan Λ7 ___; _____ B7 of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the People ’s Republic of China V. Invention Description "〇) Let the reel roll rise, and then output a signal from the position detector that the contact roll reaches a certain position , It will stop rising, and the action signal will be input in this way. Exit to the control device of each of the above-mentioned actuators. Or it is equipped with: an actuating device which is supported so as to be able to rotate freely and is used to take up a plywood roll roll, and to move the roll roll up and down, which is located below the roll roll and has an axis with the roll roll The centerline is parallel to the axis centerline and is arranged at intervals in the direction of the axis centerline. It is crimped to the contact roller of the reel roller with a certain force and usually at a certain position in the vertical direction. Under the direction perpendicular to the direction of the axis centerline of the roll roller, a plurality of belts that are driven to travel through the interval in the same direction are provided on each belt, and each belt is driven with a certain force. The belt is crimped to the crimping member of the reel roller, and a walking distance detector that outputs a signal each time the belt travels a certain distance, detects the amount of movement in a vertical direction from a certain position of the contact roller, and outputs a signal contact Roller position detector * For the crimping member on both sides from the center perpendicular to the running direction of the belt, the force of at least one of the crimping members on one side is first set to the first When the aforementioned force of at least one crimping member on the other side is set to a second force which is smaller than the first force, and when the self-walking distance detector outputs a detection signal, When the force of the crimping member of the second force is set to the first force, the force of the crimping member that becomes the first force on one of the above sides is set to the second force. According to the ancient description, the force of the crimping member that became the first force on one side was set to the first force, and the other one on the other side became the first paper to apply the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 × 297 mm). ) ~-13-. --------- Seeds ------ 1Τ ------ ^ (诮 Please read the following first note and this page) Central Ministry of Economy Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Bureau Λ7 B7 V. Description of the invention) The force of the crimping member is set to the second force. When the detection signal is output from the walking distance detector each time, the force of the crimping member is similarly interacted. The operation signal is output to each of the above-mentioned crimping members in a modified manner, and is outputted from the contact roller position detector. When the contact roller drops a certain amount of signal, the reel roller is raised, and when a signal from the position detector that the contact roller reaches a certain position is output, it stops rising, and the operation signal is output to each Control device for the above-mentioned operating device. In the above-mentioned configuration, the crimping member may be an air cylinder. When configured as above, when the veneer is rolled up, even at the roll-in side of the roll, in the portion where the veneer bulges, when the above-mentioned force of the crimping member becomes higher than the first according to the signal from the signal emitting member When the first force is a small second force, the veneer will not be pulled when passing between the roll and the traveling body, but will be wound into a roll in a slightly relaxed state. Embodiment of the Invention Next, a first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to Fig. 1. Fig. 1 is a front explanatory view of the table, and Fig. 2 is a table showing the direction of the arrow from the point lock line A-A of the first figure, and the two-point town line is used to indicate the roll roller 3 5 and the line supply nozzle 3 1 described later. Floor plan illustration. An example of a holding member that allows a belt 4 to be described later to be freely walkable is supported by a bearing 1 fixed to a base (not shown) so as to be freely rotatable, and a motor (not shown) (Shown), and on the rotation axis 2 of the rotation drive, in the direction of the axis centerline of the rotation axis 2, that is, in the second figure, eight pulleys 3 are fixed at intervals in the vertical direction. By adapting the 4 paper sizes of the belt to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -U-, --------- ^ ------, order ---- :-0 (Please read the precautions on the back first and then> 3 pages) M7 printed by the Central Bureau of Procurement and Testing Co., Ltd. of Shellfish Consumer Cooperative 5. A description of the invention < 2) Hanging on each pulley 3, A pulley (not shown) provided on the upstream side of the belt 4 to be described later in the direction of travel can freely rotate, so that the eight belts 4 can move in the direction of the arrow in FIG. 2. In addition, in order to measure the speed and walking distance of the belt 4, the rotary shaft 2 is connected to a rotary measuring device 4 3 composed of a rotary encoder and the like for measuring the number of revolutions per unit time of the rotary shaft 2. On the upstream side (hereinafter referred to as the upstream side) of the belt 4 of the rotary shaft 2 in the traveling direction, as shown in FIG. 2, a contact roller 6 provided with a urethane rubber 5 is arranged around the belt. The urethane rubber of the running part and the part of the line supply nozzle 31 described later is cut and formed continuously in the direction of the rotation of the contact roller 6 at intervals in the axis centerline direction of the contact roller 6. The groove portion 7 and the narrower groove portion 8 are narrower than the groove portion 7. As shown in FIG. 2, on the upstream side of the contact roller 6, a roller 11 is provided to support the shaft 10 so as to be freely rotatable by a bearing 9 fixed to a base (not shown). At the end of each shaft 10, the first arm 12 ° is fixed. At the first arm 12, the side explanatory diagram of the arrow direction is viewed from the point of the feed line B — B in FIG. 2. As shown in FIG. 3 of the related components, a rotating shaft 13 of a contact roller 6 that can be freely rotated is provided via a bearing 14. Therefore, the contact roller 6 will rotate in the direction indicated by the arrow with the axis 10 as the center of revolving. "Below the axis 13, a compression spring 15 is arranged between the base and the base. , The stopper member 16 for restricting the first arm 1.2 from excessively revolving in the clockwise direction and the stopper member for restricting the reversal in the counterclockwise direction are provided. This paper applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification. (210X297 mm). ≪ | 5 --------- ¾-- (Please read the precautions on the back first? This page)

•1T -線- A7 B? 經濟部中央標準局員工消t合作社印裝 五 \ 發明説明<3 ) 1 | 1 7 P 以 上則是針對位在第2圖之下 側 之 第1 臂 12 來 說 1 I 明 * 但 是 在第2圖中,位在上方之第 1 臂 12 t 則也 相 對 1 1 1 於 位 在 下 方之第1臂1 2,同樣地設 置 壓 縮彈 簧 15 > 止 請 1 1 動構件 1 6以及1 7。 先 閱 i奮 1 1 如 此 般,藉由設置壓縮彈簧1 5 來 支 撑接 觸 輥6 t 第 背 面 1 1 1 臂 1 2 等之本身的重量,將第1臂 1 2 大約 保 持在 水 平 t 1 I 的 狀 態 0 事 項 再 1 1 I 更 者 ,用來檢測後述之捲筒6 6 之 半 徑的 捲 筒半 徑 檢 本 1 裝 測 構件則如下地構成。 頁 >W*· 1 1 在 第 2圖之下側的第1臂12, 如 第 3圖 所 示, 固 定 1 1 有 L 字 形 的第2臂18,在第2臂1 8 的 下方 則將 負 載 1 | 單 元 2 0 固定在被固定在基台上之空壓缸] .9之活塞桿 訂 I 1 9 a 的 前端。在空壓缸19,負載 單 元 2 0 則藉 著 將 1 1 1 第 2 臂 1 8之下端部1 8 a上推的力量(以 下稱 h: 惟力) 如 1 1 以 大 約 5 k g的力量被壓接在捲筒輥 3 5 或是 捲 筒6 6 般 1 1 地 注 入 一 定壓力的壓縮空氣。 線. I 該 — 定的壓力,對於通過第3圖 所 示 之接 觸 輥6 之 回 1 1 | 轉 軸 1 3 之回轉中心S1與輥11之 回 轉 軸1 0 的回 轉 中 1 1 心 S 2 之 以二點鎖線來表示的假想線 以及通過下 ‘端部 1 1 1 8 a 之 中心線之上下方向以二點鎖 線 來 表示 的 假想 線 贅 1 1 若 是 將 2 條假想線交差的點設成S 3 時 可以 得 出活 塞 桿 1 I 1 9 a 會 輸出在以S 2與S 3之間的 距 触 離 來除 S 2與 S 1 1 1 1 之 間 之 距 離所得到的値乘上大約5 k g 之 値之 大 小的 力 置 1 1 J 而 根 據 與缸體內徑的關連來決定。 1 1 1 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐).Ί6 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印製 A7 B7 _ 五、發明説明<4 ) · 又將上述決定之壓力的壓縮空氣注入到缸體內,而讓 活塞桿1 9 a伸長後,則關閉壓縮空氣的供氣口以及排氣 口的閥。當活塞桿1 9 a,藉著作用在負載單元2 0的外 力而被推入到缸體內時,設定成藉由壓縮在缸體內的空氣 ,會與被推力的量呈比例,以較該上推力爲大的力量作爲 反作用力,而供給到活塞桿1 9 a,而該力量可以藉由負 載單元2 0來測量。 此外,負載單元20與第2臂18的下端部18a, 則如在外力未作用在接觸輥6的狀態下會產生若干之間隙 般地來決定各構件的長度。 另一方面,在第2圖以及在第2圖之一點鎖線C 一 C 的斷面來看箭頭方向的圖中,如後述般,如將被設定在第 1壓力或第2壓力的壓縮空氣注入到空壓缸2 6內之第4 圖所示般,在通過滑輪3而跨越朝逆方向,亦即,在第4 圖中朝左側行走之部分之所有的皮帶4的狀態下,將門狀 之支撑基台2 5設在滑輪3與接觸輥6之間。對應於各皮 帶4,將空壓缸2 6固定在該支撑基台2 5,或是在各皮 帶4的背面側設置上游側的端部被軸承2 7支撑成可以自 由回動,且寬度相等於皮帶4的平板2 8。 如上所述,設有空壓缸2 6以及平板2 8的皮帶4, 雖然未全部圖示,但是爲了要例如將纖維方向的長度大約 爲1 8 0 0mm的板搬送在與纖維方向呈垂直相交的方向 上,乃設置了 8條,而將該8條皮帶4,在與皮帶4之行 走方向呈垂直的方向上,在中央的兩側分別設置4條而分 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公嫠).17 ---------^------ΪΤ------.^ (請先閱請背而之注意事項苒 々本頁) 經濟部中央標準局貝工消费合作社印繁 A7 _B7 五、發明説明ί5 ) 成2組,在第2圖中,爲了方便起見,將看皮帶4行走方 向上游側時之右端開始的4條皮帶稱爲第1組,同樣地將 在第2圖中,看上游側時之左端開始時的4條皮帶稱爲第 2組。 在該2組的空壓缸2 6,則如第5圖所示般地連接配 管。亦即,自用來得到壓縮空氣的壓縮空氣機7 6,經由 減壓閥77,78,79以及80,將配管連接到作爲方 向閥之電磁閥8 1以及8 2,電磁閥8 1連接到第1組的 空壓缸2 6,而電磁閥8 2則連接到第2組的空壓缸2 6 〇 藉由減壓閥7 7以及7 9將壓力控制成後述的第1壓 力,或是藉由減壓閥7 8以及8 0,將壓力控制成後述的 第2壓力。 所謂的第1壓力係指藉由將壓縮空氣注入到分成上述 2組之皮帶4之其中一組的皮帶4的各空壓缸2 6而伸長 之活塞桿2 6 a的前端會抵接在平板2 8的下面,而該其 中一組的各皮帶4會以大約5 k g的力量,亦即,該其中 一組之全部4條皮帶共約2 0 k g的力量壓接到捲筒輥 3 5或是捲筒6 6的壓力。 另一方面,上述所謂的第2壓力係指雖然被注入到上 述分成2組之皮帶4之另一組之皮帶4的各空壓缸2 6, 而使得活塞桿2 6 a伸長,但是卻可以支撑住該另一組之 各皮帶4的平板,且自皮帶4幾乎不會有力量作用在捲筒 輥3 5或是捲筒6 6上般的壓力。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐)"""·彳8· ---------^-------------^ (诗先閱讀背面之注意事項再 Γ本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印製 Λ7 __, B? _ 五、發明説明<6 ) 又在後述的初始狀態下,當各構件依據第8圖所示之 位置關係而待機時,雖然被注入了第1或第2壓力之空壓 缸2 6的活塞桿2 6 a會爲平板2 8所推壓,但整體乃未 自缸體內突出,而從該狀態開始,板會依序爲捲筒輥3 5 所捲取而成爲捲筒6 6,但是在進行該捲取時,即使捲筒 輥3 5,亦即捲筒6 6上升些微的量,藉由活塞桿2 6 a 隨著自缸體內更加突出而使得皮帶4能夠持續地壓接在捲 筒6 6上般地來決定各構件的長度以及位置。 更者,如上所述,即使活塞桿2 6 a隨著自缸體內更 加突出,或是相反地即使活塞桿2 6 a被推入到缸體內, 如使皮帶4作用在捲筒輥3 5或捲筒6 6上的力量不會大 幅地發生變化般地例如關閉空壓缸2 6之壓縮空氣的排氣 口,藉著以長的管來連接供氣口與減壓閥(未圖示)之間,可 以使得能夠收容上述所決定之壓力的壓縮空氣的容積變大 〇 藉由此一設定,皮帶4會藉著平板2 8的上升,而如 第4圖所示般地,係在被上舉的狀態下行走。 又在對應於接觸輥6之各溝部8的上方,則配置有一 具有大小可以插入到溝部8之細的前端3 1 a,藉由以空 壓管(未圖示)將壓縮空氣供給到前端3 1 a的方向,在可以 自前端3 1 a供給線3 0 ’且在被供給之後,讓阻尼體(未 圖示)壓接在線3 0上,當作用外力時,則可以在作用適度 之張力的狀態下拉出之律嘴3 1,該噴嘴3 1則構成可以 藉由空壓虹(未圖示)的作動,而如後述般地下以及前後移動 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標率(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公楚)~~. . ---------¾------IT------0 (請先閱讀背而之注意事項再 本頁) 經濟部中央標準局貝工消费合作社印製 Λ7 ___B7 五、發明説明彳7 ) 〇 第4圖中所示的3 5係一在捲取膠合板時會成爲芯的 捲筒輥(magzine roller),捲筒輥3 5的軸中心線與接觸 輥6的軸中心線係平行,且2個軸中心線,在垂直方向, 亦即,在第4圖中,在上下方向應該要位在大約同一線上 〇 亦即,如第1圖所示,在接觸輥6的外側,分別設有 被固定在基台(未圖示)的支柱3 6,而在支柱3 5的外側, 則分別設有爲軸承3 7支撑成可以自由回轉的公螺桿3 8 ,經由傘齒輪3 9,而藉由輥4 0被連結,將伺服馬達 4 1連接到第1圖之左側的傘齒輪3 9,根據後述的控制 信號令其回轉’而使2個公螺桿3 8構成能夠同步地回轉 。又將藉由計測公螺桿3 8的回轉數,而用來檢測捲筒輥 3 5自後述之初始狀態的位置開始所上升的距離X,而由 旋轉編碼器等所構成的檢測器42連接到輥40。 又在公螺桿3 8的上方,則配置有形成有可以與公螺 桿3 8互相嵌合之母螺紋的支撑台4 5,而支撑台4 5則 與支柱3 6具有以下之關係。亦即,如第1圖之一點鎖線 D — D來看箭頭方向之斷面圖的第6圖所示般,在支柱 3 6形成在第1圖之左右方向貫穿之長方形的缺口部4 6 ,而支撑台4 5則被插通在缺口部4 6。 在支柱3 6形成垂直方向的導引部4 7,藉著將可以 與該導引部4 7互相嵌合的線性軸承4 8固定在支撑台 4 5上,可以使得支撑台4 5沿著導引部4 7在上下方向 ---------疼------^------^ <請先閱請背而之注意事項再铲,·本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -20- Λ 7 Λ 7 經濟部中央標率局貝工消费合作社印製 _____ 五、發明説明彳8 ) 移動β 將捲筒輥3 5的保持台5 1固定在各支撑台4 5內的 前端。該2個保持台5 1,若針對第1圖之左側的保持台 5 1來說明時,如在第1圖之一點鎖線Ε — Ε來看箭頭方 向之斷面圖的第7圖所示,具有開α向上方之v字狀的支 持部52,而第1圖之右側的保持台51也同樣地構成。 在捲筒輥3 5之兩端的回轉軸3 5 a則分別安裝有軸 承3 3,藉著分別將軸承3 3載置在2個支撑部5 2上, 捲筒輥3 5乃相對於保持台5 1被支撑成可以自由回轉, 又藉著保持台5 1的上下動,可以一體地在上下方向移動 〇 此外,捲筒輥3 5的重量,如後所述則是設成,即使 自皮帶4以及接觸輥6受到向上的力量,軸承3 3也不會 自支撑部5 2離開到上方的大小。^ 在該些構成中,則設有控制裝置6 0,其中自第2臂 作用在負載單元2 0的力量經常被檢測出,藉由輸入來自 操作者的手動信號,來自負載單元2 0,檢測器4 2以及 回轉計測器4 3的資料,而輸出可以使讓回轉軸2回轉驅 動的馬達,伺服馬達4 1以及電磁閥8 1 ,8 2作如下之 控制的信號。 亦即,即使是不讓回轉軸2回轉驅動時,則保持台 5 1下降時’從由負載單元2 0所檢測出之負載較該上推 力的値爲小的狀態開始,若自負載單元2 0接受到較該上 推力大一成左右的信號時,則如保持台5 1會停止下降作 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4現格(210X297公釐)—-21 - .^1 I— m n n I - n n I . . . T I— ; -n----n_____ 务 i 辦 (計先閱讀背而之注意事項JvΗ本頁) 經濟部中央樣率局β:工消於合作社印製 Λ7 B7 五、發明説明t9 ) 動,接著則會上升作動般地讓2個公螺桿3 8回轉,在該 狀態下,若自負載單元2 0接受到該負載成爲較該上推力 爲小之力量的信號時,則如使2個公螺桿3 8停止回轉般 地輸出用來控制伺服馬達4 1的信號。 又,根據來自操作者之手作業的輸入,如後所述,分 別單獨地輸出讓伺服馬達41朝希望的方向回轉的信號, 讓使回轉軸2回轉驅動的馬達作動的信號,如使第1壓力 的壓縮空氣注入到第1組的各空壓缸2 6,另一方面,貝(J 將第2壓力的壓縮空氣注入到第2組的各空壓缸2 6般地 讓各電磁閥8 1 ,8 2作動的信號,以及藉由空氣管(未圖 示),將壓縮空氣供給到各噴嘴3 1之前端3 1 a的方向的 信號,將阻尼體壓接到線3 0的信號,藉由缸壓(未圖示), 使噴嘴31如後述般地在上下以及水平方向移動的信號》 又在回轉軸2回轉時,則根據來自回轉計測器4 3之 皮帶4之速度資料與以該速度行走之皮帶4的經過時間的 資料來算出行走距離。當所算出之行走距離成爲所設定之 一定的距離,例如5 0 Omm時,則如應該將第2壓力的 壓縮空氣注入到第1組之各空壓缸2 6,另一方面,則將 第1壓力的壓縮空氣注入到第2組之各空壓缸2 6般地將 信號送到各電磁閥8 1,8 2,而讓方向切換閥同時地作 動。在信號8 1 ,82送到電磁閥8 1,82後,若再度 算出之行走距離成爲5 0 0mm時,則同樣地如將第1壓 力之壓縮空氣注入第1組的各空壓缸2 6 ,另一方面,則 將第2壓力之壓縮空氣注入第2組的各空壓缸2 6般地將 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ297公釐)-22 - ---------^------、1T------.線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項乒 Η本页) 經濟部中央榡準局貝工消f合作社印製 Λ7 ___B7 五、發明説明和) . 信號送到各電磁閥8 1 ,8 2,而讓方向切換閥同時地作 動,以下每當該行走距離成爲5 0 Omm時,同樣地,則 讓第1組以及第2組之各空壓缸2 6的壓力交互地變更, 而將作動信號送到電磁閥81,82。 更者,當回轉計測器4 3所檢測出之回轉軸2在每單 位時間內之回轉數的信號被輸入時,則由負載單元2 0所 檢測器出的負載,會變成較作爲設定値的該上推力大約一 成,且當該狀態持續捲筒輥3 5所設定之一定回轉數,例 如持續作1 /· 4回轉的時間時,則讓2個公螺桿3 8回轉 而使得保持台5 1上升,而當該負載成爲在該上推力以下 ,且該狀態同樣地持續捲筒輥3 5作1/4回轉的時間時 ,則輸出用來控制伺服馬達4 1的信號,以讓2個公螺桿 3 8停止回轉。 在此,捲筒輥3 5作1/4回轉的時間,即使皮帶4 的速度是一定,如後所述,自初始狀態開始,膠合板會被 捲筒輥3 5所捲取而成爲捲筒6 6,除了捲筒輥3 5會慢 慢地上升且增大,但是在任意時間點之作1/4回轉的時 間則依下而求取。 若將保持台51自初始狀態的置開始上升的距離設爲 X,將捲筒輥3 5的半徑設爲y,將皮帶4的行走速度設 爲z ,將此時之捲筒66作1/4回轉的時間設爲t,又 將圓周率設爲;r時,則捲筒6 6之外周在時間t內所前進 的長度爲z t ,而捲筒之1.個圓周的長度則是將捲筒6 6 之半徑,亦即,(x + y)乘上2 π。由於該長度z t等於長 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標車(CNS ) A4说格(210X297公釐)-23 - 抑衣 I n ^ 11 III n ^ {請先閱讀背而之注意事項再彳朽本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印衆 A7 _______B? _____ 五、發明説明2(1 ) 度2 7T(x + y)的4分之1,因此若是計算,則t成爲7^ X + y )/ 2 Z。 該時間t係在被輸入有來自檢測器4 2之距離X的資 料以及來自回轉計測器4 3之速度z的資料的控制裝置 6 0中被演算,更者,控制裝置6 0會在所演算的時間內 判斷自負載單元2 0所輸入之負載的資料’若是滿足上述 的條件,則送出能將伺服馬達4 1作如上之控制的信號。 控制裝置6 0則接受各信號,而如上述般地送出信號 〇 第1實施形態係如上述般地構成,初始狀態則依下而 準備》 藉由操作者的手作業來輸入,而自控制裝置6 0送出 信號,讓各電磁閥8 1,8 2作動’將第1壓力的壓縮空 氣注入第1組之各空壓缸2 6,另一方面’則將第2壓力 的壓縮空氣注入到第2組之各空壓缸26 ° 接著則藉由操作者之手作業來輸入’而讓伺服馬達 4 1作動,讓2個公螺桿3 8回轉’在讓保持台5 1自第 1圖所示的位置移動到上方的一定位置’而停止待機後’ 則分別將捲筒輥3 5之兩端的軸承3 3載置在保持台5 1 而支撑接觸輥3 5。接著同樣地藉由操作者之手作業來輸 入,而讓伺服馬達4 1作動,讓2個公螺桿3 8朝與上述 相反的方向回轉,而讓保持台5 1下降。 在此,捲筒輥3 5,如第4圖所示,抵接在皮帶4以 及接觸輥6,由於捲筒輥3 5本身的重量非常的大’因此 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4说格(210X297公犮)-24- ---------^------ΪΤ------^ {請先閱讀背而之注意事項爯 h本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印製 A7 __._ B? ___ 五、發明説明权 ) ,皮帶4以及接觸輥6被推向下方》藉著接觸輥6被推向 下方,將接觸輥6之回轉軸1 3保持成可自由回轉狀態的 第1臂12,在第3圖中,則會朝順時鐘方向回動,而第 2臂18的下端部18a會推動負載單元20。因此,被 固定了負載單元2 0之空壓缸1 9的活塞桿1 9 a則會被 推入到缸體內,而使得缸體內的空氣被壓縮,當壓力增加 時,則較相當於壓縮量之該上推力爲大的力量會成爲反作 用力,而施力到活塞桿1 9 a ,較該上推力爲大的力量, 則會自第2臂1 8的下端部1 8 a朝下地以及自活塞桿 1 9 a朝上地作用在負載單元2 0上。 不久,當自負載單元2 0所檢測出的力量較該上推力 大一成左右時,則接受到該信號的控制裝置6 0,與上述 同樣地,會將讓保持台5 1停止下降,且接著上升作動的 信號輸出到伺服馬達4 1,而捲筒軸3 5會在停止下降後 上升。 當捲筒輥3 5上升時,則接觸輥6被推向下方的力量 會變小,而第2臂1 8的下端部1 8 a推動負載單元2 0 的力量也會變小。另一方面,由於在空壓缸1 9之缸體內 的壓縮空氣,如上述般,會將較該上推力大,一成左右的 力量施力在活塞桿1 9 a上,因此,會破壞力的平衡,而 固定在活塞桿1 9 a的負載單元2 0會將第2臂1 8的下 端部往上推。在此,與第2臂1 8成爲一體的第1臂1 2 ,在第3圖中會朝逆時_方向回動,而設在第1臂1 2的 接觸輥6會在爲捲筒輥3 5所推壓的狀態下上升。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4说格(210Χ297公ft ) · 25 - ---------^------ir------^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項Η Η本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消f合作社印製 Λ7 B? 五、發明説明妇 ) 又由於上述力的平衡被破壞,活塞桿1 9 a會自空壓 缸1 9之缽體內慢慢地出來,藉著該活塞桿1 9 a出來, 在缸體內增加的壓力會慢慢地減少,當施在活塞桿1 9 a 的力量變成較該上推力爲小時,則連作用在負載單元2 0 的力量也會變得較該上推力爲小。 結果會自負載單元2 0輸出一接受到較該上推力爲小 力量的信號,接受到該信號的控制裝置,如上述般,會將 讓保持台5 1停止上升的信號輸出到保持台5 1 ,而讓保 持台5 1停止。 結果,皮帶4以及接觸輥6與捲筒輥3 5,在第2圖 中係表自一點鎖線F — F看箭頭方向的斷面圖,在第2圖 中’以二點鎖線來表示之捲筒輥3 5,則會根據以實線來 表示之第8圖所示的位置關係而待機。亦即,接觸輥6之 胺基甲酸酯橡膠5的部分會被壓接在捲筒輥3 5的周面, 又在溝部7,如第4圖所示,藉著以空壓缸2 6將平板 2 8往上推,而使皮帶4壓接在捲筒輥3 5的周面。此外 ’在該狀態下,空壓缸2 6的活塞桿2 6 a尙未整個自缸 體內突出,而即使捲筒輥3 5自該狀態上升若干量,藉由 活塞桿2 6 a隨著更加突出,可以使皮帶4持續地壓接在 捲筒輥3 5上。 在設定以上的初始狀態後,則如下地進行捲取。 在第4圖的初始狀態下,在不讓阻尼體壓接在線3 0 之狀態下,根據來自操作者之手作業的輸入信號,經由空 氣管(未圖示),將壓縮空氣供給到各噴嘴3 1之前端3 1 a 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2丨0X297公釐)_ 26 · ---------私衣— (請先間讀背而之注意事項再 c本頁) *11 -線- 經濟部中央標隼局貝工消f合作社印裝 A7 B7 五、發明説明如 ) 的方向。在此,如在第2圖之一點鎖線Η — Η的斷面中看 箭頭方向之作動說明圖的第9圖所示,線3 0會越過捲筒 輥3 5,而下垂於接觸輥6與輥1 1之間。 接著,同樣地,根據藉由手作業的輸入信號,而讓空 壓缸(未圖示)作動,使噴嘴3 1,如第1 0圖所示般地朝皮 帶4之行走位置的下側移動,接著,則如第1 1圖所示, 讓噴嘴3 1朝左側水平移動,而讓其前端3 1 a進入位在 捲筒輥3 5之大約正下方位置之溝部8內而等待》此時, 線3 0之上游側前端,如第1 1圖所示,係在與皮帶4呈 交差的狀態下而下垂。 在該狀態下,在根據藉由操作者之手作業的輸入信號 ,將阻尼體壓接在線3 0上後,輸出讓使回轉軸2回轉驅 動之馬達作動的信號,藉著使滑輪3如第1 2圖所示般地 回轉,當讓皮帶4朝箭頭方向行走時,則被皮帶4壓接的 捲筒輥3 5,則會因爲來自皮帶4的摩擦力而回轉,又被 壓接在捲筒輥3 5上的接觸輥6,則會因爲來自捲筒輥 3 5的摩擦力而回轉。 又根據回轉軸2的回轉,控制裝置6 0會接受來自回 轉計測器4 3之皮帶4的速度資料來演算行走距離,當所 演算的行走距離成爲5 0 Omm時,則將信號送到各電磁 閥8 1,82,而同時讓方向切換閥26作動,而與上述 初始狀態呈相反地,將第2壓力的壓縮空氣注入第1組之 各空壓缸2 6,另一方面,.則將第1壓力的壓縮空氣注入 第2組之各空壓缸2 6。以下,則如上所述,在每次行走 ---------^------1T------0 (婧先閱讀背面之注意事項再.,,·本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標车(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -27- B? 經濟部中央標準局貝工消费合作社印製 五 、 發明説明耜 ) 距離 達 5 0 0 m m 時 > 司 K地會將作動信號送到電磁閥 8 1 1 8 2 ,而 讓 第 1 組 以 及 第 2 組 的空 壓 缸 2 6 的 壓 力 交 互 地 變 更 。亦 即 > 將 第 1 以 及 第 2 組之 其 中 一 者 的 空 壓 请 缸 2 6 的 壓 力設 成 第 1 壓 力 9 而 將 另 —者 之 空 壓 缸 2 6 的 先 閱 壓 力 設 爲 第 2壓 力 9 該 狀 態 > 在 每 次 該行 走 距 離 達 5 0 0 •η 背 \ij m m 時 9 則會交 互 地 變 更 〇 之 注 意 結 果 > 捲筒 輥 3 5 t 空 壓 缸 2 6 的壓 力 則 會 從 成 爲 第 事 項 再 1 壓 力 之 — 組的 皮 帶 4 處 接 受 到 產 生 回轉 的 力 量 〇 如 後 所 本 裝 述 即 使 膠 合板 6 5 爲 捲 筒 輥 3 5 所 捲取 而 成 爲 捲 筒 6 6 頁 時 同 樣 地 ,空 壓 缸 2 6 的 壓 力 則 會 從成 爲 第 1 壓 力 之 — 組的皮帶 4 處接受到產: 生回轉的力量 » 接 著 如第 1 2 圖 所 示 以 與 皮 帶4 之 行 走 速 度 相 同 訂 的 速 度 將 被車 床 切削 且 在 與 纖 維 方向 呈 垂 直 相 交 之 方 向 上 連 續 被 搬送 之 纖 維 方 向 的 長 度 約 18 0 0 m m 的 單 板 6 5 導 引 到 皮帶 4 上 〇 在 此 單 板 6 5更 藉 由 皮 帶 4 被 持 續 地 搬 送 而如 部 分 放 大 圖 的 第 1 3 圖所 示 單 板 6 5 的 線 刖 端 會 在 讓 下垂 的 線 3 0 彎 曲 而 卡 合 的狀 態 下 刖 進 0 接 著 , 當 單 板 6 5的 A /. · 瑞通過正在回轉之接觸輥6 與捲筒 -輥 3 5 之 間 時 ,由 於 被卡 合在 該 、*-刖 端 之 部分 的 線 3 0 會 被 與 單 板 6 5 — 起回 轉 的 接 觸 輥 6 與捲 筒 輥3 5 所 挾持 因此 > 以 後 線 3 0會 以 捲 筒 輥 3 5 之 圓 周 速度 被 搬 送 線 3 0 會 在 白 噴 嘴 3 1 的 刖 端 3 1 a 經 常 作 用張 力 的 狀 態 下 被拉 出 0 又 由 於 噴嘴 3 1 的 前 端 3 1 a 會在第 1 3 圖 所 示 的 位 置 上 等 待 因此 通 過 接 觸 輥 6 rh-t ρ?η 捲 筒輥 3 5 之 間 之 單 板 本紙乐尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS > A4現格(210X297公釐).〇8 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印製 A? ______R7 五、發明説明和 ) . 6 5的前端’則會根據自噴嘴3 1被拉出的線3 〇行走在 皮帶4之上方的位置,亦即,在後述之第1 4圖中以3 〇 a來表示的位置,如沿著捲筒輥3 5般地被導引,以後, 單板6 5,則藉由線3 0同樣地一邊被導引,而一邊與位 在外側之線3 0成爲一體,而依序被正在回轉的捲筒輥 3 5所捲取,而成爲如第1 4圖所示的捲筒6 6。 以上的捲取裝置,如上所述,由於第1組以及第2組 之各空壓缸2 6的壓力,因此在上述習知裝置中的問題可 以如下所述般解決。 亦即,單板6 5,會因爲·材質的影響,例如在第1組 側’各空壓缸2 6的壓力會成爲第1壓力,當被拉入到皮 帶4與捲筒6 6之間,而朝搬入側伸長而產生大的波浪時 ,則會從第1 4圖的狀態開始,如第1 5圖所示,會產生 隆起的部分65a» 因此,在第1組側,自各空壓缸2 6的壓力成爲第1 壓力開始,當皮帶4行走5 0 Omm時,如上所述,第1 組之各空壓缸2 6的壓力成爲第2壓力,而幾乎力量不會 自皮帶4作用在捲筒6 6上,由於接觸輥6,如上所述, 會以弱的力量被壓接在捲筒6 6上,因此,隆起的部分 6 5 a在通過捲筒6 6與接觸輥6之間時不會受到拉力, 而會在稍微鬆弛的狀態下被捲取而成爲捲筒6 6 *而得以 消除波浪,成爲第1 4圖的狀態。 在第2組,各空壓缸2· 6的壓力會成爲第1壓力,而 即使單板6 5被拉而產生大的波浪時,同樣地也會在稍微 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格( 210X297公釐} -29- ---------^------1T------.^ (請先閱讀背而之注意事項苒:,¾本頁) 經濟部中央櫺隼局員工消費合作社印装 Λ7 _ B7___ 五、發明説明穸) 鬆弛的狀態下被捲取而成爲捲筒6 6。 如此般,在捲取單板時,如第1 5圖所示,即使是產 生隆起的部分6 5 a,由於可以如上所述般地被捲取而被 消滅,因此不像以往的裝置會因爲單板6 5持續地被拉入 而導致在搬入側伸長量被積蓄的情形,且不會因爲單板 6 5係在發生重叠的情況下被捲取,使得被折的位置變成 傷痕而出現在製品上,而導致品質下降,且不會有因爲自 該位置破裂而導致良品率降低的情形。 又在捲取時,當因爲單板的材質的不同,使得空壓缸 2 6的壓力暫時成爲第1壓力,而只有在第1組,如第 1 5圖所示,連續產生隆起的部分6 5 a而發生鬆弛被捲 取時,則捲筒6 6,第1組的半徑會相較於第2組依序變 大而成爲推拔狀,此時,由於捲筒輥3 5位在一定的位置 ,因此在第1組會將接觸輥6往下推》 接觸輥6,如上所述,將軸1 3保持在第1臂1 2而 呈可以自由回轉狀,而第1臂12被固定在軸10,由於 軸1 0係藉由軸承9被支撑成可以自由回動*因此,即使 接觸輥6在第1組側被往下推,接觸輥6也會在與輥11 呈平行的狀態下,以軸1 0爲中心而以相同的角度而回動 〇 在此,在第3圖中,藉著第1臂12朝順時鐘方向回 動,第2臂18的下端部18a會推動負載單元20,而 空壓缸1 9的活塞桿1 9 a.會慢慢地被推入到缸體內。結 果,如在上述初始狀態中所述般,在缸體內的壓力會增加 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS > A4規格(210X297公釐)-30- ---------采------ΪΤ------0 (諳先閱讀背面之注意事項袅:,i本頁) 經濟部中央標準局貞工消费合作社印製 A7 B? 五、發明説明和 ) ’而由負載單元2 0所檢測出的力量會變成較該上推力爲 大。 作用在負載單元2 0的力量,如上所述,會經常被檢 測出’且被傳達到控制裝置6 0,當所檢出的値變成較該 上推力大或一左右,且捲筒輥3 5,亦即,捲筒6 6在作 1/4回轉之期間持續地大一成左右時,則控制裝置6 0 ,會在上述狀態下將讓保持台51上升作動的信號輸出到 伺服馬達41。在此,捲筒輥35會上升,而接觸輥6被 捲筒6 6往下推的力量會變小,而在負載單元2 0中所測 量會變得較該上推力爲小,且當在捲筒輥3 5,亦即,捲 筒6 6在作1 / 4回轉之期間內持續地爲小時,則會將讓 保持台5 1停止上升的信號輸出到伺服馬達4 1。 在該保持台5 1的上升以及停止反覆數次後,則當在 上述在第1組側暫時產生波浪的情況下捲取單板的現象消 失時,則以後藉著持續地捲取單板,在捲筒6 6之半徑小 的第2組側,單板6 5會鬆弛被地捲取,而第2組的半徑 會慢慢地變大,而捲筒6 6整個的推拔狀的形狀會被修正 成大約呈圓柱狀。 在成爲上述圓柱狀後,藉著單板6 5再被捲取,當捲 筒6 6的半徑依序變大時,則皮帶4以及接觸輥6會隨著 捲筒6 6的直徑變大而被往下推。 此時,同樣地,在第3圖中,第1臂1 2會朝順時鐘 方向回動,當由負載單.元2 0所檢出的力量變成較該上推 力大一政左右時,則捲筒輥3 5.會根據來自被輸入該信號 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格( 210X297公釐)-31 - ---------辦衣------ή------0 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項爯}本頁) 經濟部中央橾準局貝工消t合作社印策 Λ7 _B? 五、發明説明轵 ) 之控制裝置6 0的作動信號而上升,當由負載單元2 0所 檢出的力量變成較該上推力爲小時,則捲筒輥3 5同樣地 會根據來自控制裝置6 0的作動信號而停止上升。 一邊進行該些動作一邊捲取單板。 在上述第1實施形態中,由於設成只將空壓缸2 6的 力量作用在皮帶4,因此,將皮帶掛在隔著間隔而配置在 單板搬送方向上的2個滑輪上,相較於以相同方向上游側 的滑輪爲回動中心,而將空壓缸的力量作用在相同方向之 下游側的滑輪上的情形,移動之元件的質量會變小,而即 使作動的時間間隔短也容易應付,又保養管理也容易。 又當爲脆弱的材質,例如厚度薄到0.6mm的單板 時,在本實施形態中,當設成只將皮帶4壓接到捲筒6 6 上而捲取時,則雖然在相鄰的皮帶4之間,單板會因爲本 身的重量而折彎,而不能夠當作單板來使用,但是因爲接 觸輥6的胺基甲酸酯橡膠5係在以上述般小的力量接觸於 單板6 5上之狀態下被捲取,因此可以防止撓彎而加以捲 取。 又,捲筒半徑檢測構件,並不使用在第3圖中用來檢 測力量的負載單元2 0,而是將活塞桿1 9 a的前端直接 抵接在第2臂1 8的下端部1 8 a,空壓缸1 9的壓力則 設定成與上述相同,利用在後述之第1 8圖所示的極限開 關8 6,來檢測第2臂1 8在捲取動作中是否回動到一定 的位置,但是此時會有以下的問題。亦即,很難利用極限 開關精密地檢測出第2臂1 8之微小的回動,到接觸輥6 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐)~~I 32 - ---------装------1T----.--^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再 A?本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 _·__B? 五、發明説明釦 ) 自捲筒6 6被往下推,而藉由極限開關檢測出第2臂1 8 的回動情形之前,則會有從接觸輥6作用過大的力量在捲 筒6 6上的情形,而當爲厚度薄的單板或是材質脆弱的單 板時,則成爲捲筒60的單板會有破裂之虞。 捲筒半徑檢測構作,則藉著由抵接在捲筒的外周面, 而朝捲筒之半徑方向移動之接觸輥6等的抵接構件與用來 檢測該抵接構件接受自捲筒之力量之如負載單元2 0般的 力檢測器所構成,則捲筒半徑的變化,可以當作自接觸輥 6作用在捲筒6 6上的力量來檢測出’由於會根據該力的 値來變更捲筒輥與行走體之保持構件的間隔,因此,不會 有過大的力量作用在捲筒上,而不會產生上述的問題。 如上述般來捲取,當捲筒6 0成爲一定的半徑時,則 會中斷捲取動作,將卡止構件(未圖示)卡合在位在捲筒輥 3 5之兩端的回轉軸3 5 a上,而i將捲筒輥3 5上舉’且 搬送到一定的位置加以捲回。 亦即,如第1 6圖所示,藉著將安裝在捲筒輥3 5之 兩端的回轉軸3 5 a的軸承3 3載置在與保持台5 1之支 撑部5 2同樣地構成V字狀的支撑部(未圖示)’而支撑成可 以自由回轉狀。又將多條皮帶7 1掛在被馬達(未圖示) 驅動回轉的輥70上而朝箭頭方向行走’藉著自下方藉由 空壓缸(未圖不)以適當的力量壓接到捲筒6 6上’讓捲 筒6 6朝箭頭的方向回轉將單板6 5捲回而搬送到下一個 過程。此外,7 2爲被配置在相鄰之皮帶7 1之間的下方 ,而使線3 0同步於皮帶7 1的速度而捲取回收的線軸( 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格( 210X297公釐)-33- ---------^------1T------^ {請先閱讀背而之注意事項再>3本頁) 經濟部中央標準局貝工消*·合作社印製 A7 _B7 五、發明説明h ) ribbon ) 〇 接著則說明本發明之第2實施形態》 第2實施形態乃不使用在上述第1實施形態中的接觸 輥6以及用來檢測器接觸輥6之下降之負載單元2 0等的 構件,而依下而構成。 如第1 7圖所示,與第1實施形態同樣地,在回轉軸 2之軸中心線的方向,亦即,在第1 7圖中,在上下方向 隔著間隔固定多個例如1 6個滑輪3到被馬達(未圖示) 回轉驅動的回轉軸2上。 藉著將皮帶4掛在相對於各滑輪3而設在後述之皮帶 之行走方向之上游側的可自由從動回轉的滑輪(未圖示) ,使得16條的皮帶4分別朝第17圖之箭頭方向行走, 而在備有後述之噴嘴3 1的位置,如使噴嘴3 1能夠在相 鄰之皮帶4之間上下移動般地來決定將滑輪3固定在回轉 軸2的位置。 又如從第1 7圖之一點鎖線K — K的斷面來看箭頭方 向的第1 7圖,以及以實線來表示在第1 7圖中以二點鎖 線所示之捲筒輥3 5,且追加了噴嘴3 1的第1 8圖所示 ,則在通過滑輪3,而跨越朝逆方向,亦即,在第1 8圖 中朝左側行走之部分之所有的皮帶4的狀態下設置門形的 支撑基台2 5。 在該支撑基台2 5,如第1 8圖所示,則對應於各皮 帶4設置空壓缸2 6,藉著注入後述的第1壓力或第2壓 力壓縮空氣,而使空壓缸2 6的活塞桿2 6 a的前端,抵 ---------^------ΐτ------ii (請先聞讀背而之注意事項再〕本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4说格(210父297公釐) • 34- 經濟部中央標準局貝工消费合作社印製 Λ7 ___B? 五、發明説明2(2 ) . 接在上游側的端部藉著軸承被支撑成可自由回動,且寬度 相等皮帶4之平板2 8的另一端的下面。 注入到各空壓缸2 6之壓縮空氣的壓力則依下而設定 。亦即,與第1實施形態同樣地,將i 6條的皮帶4 ,在 與皮帶4之行走方向呈垂直的方向上,在中央的兩側分別 設置8條而分成2組,在第1 7圖中,爲了方便起見,將 看皮货4行走方向上游側時之右端開始的8條皮帶稱爲第 1組,同樣地將在第2圖中,看上游側時之左端開始時的 8條皮帶稱爲第2組。 在該2組的空壓缸2 6,·則與第1實施形態中之第5 圖所示般地連接配管》亦即,自用來得到壓縮空氣的空氣 壓縮機76,經由減壓閥77,78,79以及80,將 配管連接到作爲方向閥之電磁閥8 1以及8 2,電磁閥 8 1連接到第1組的空壓缸2 6,而電磁閥8 2則連接到 第2組的空壓缸26» 藉由減壓閥7 7以及7 9將壓力控制成後述的第1壓 力,或是藉由減壓閥7 8以及8 0,將壓力控制成後述的 第2壓力。 所謂的第1壓力係指藉由將壓縮空氣注入到分成上述 2組之皮帶4之其中一組的皮帶4的各空壓缸2 6而伸長 之活塞桿2 6 a的前端會抵接在平板2 8的下面,而該其 中一組的各皮帶4會以大約5 k g的力量,亦即,該其中 一組之全部4條皮帶共約2.0 k g的力量壓接到捲筒輥 3 5或是捲筒6 6的壓力。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐)_ 35 - ---------^------ir------0 (誚先閱讀背而之注意事巩苒 ~本頁) 經濟部中央標準局貝工消费合作社印製 Λ7 B? _ 五、發明説明私 ) 另一方面,上述所謂的第2壓力係指雖然被注入到上 述分成2組之皮帶4之另一組之皮帶4的各空壓缸2 6, 而使得活塞桿2 6 a伸長,但是卻可以支撑住該另一組之 各皮帶4的平板,且自皮帶4幾乎不會有力量作用在捲筒 輥3 5或是捲筒6 6上般的壓力。 又與第1實施形態同樣地,在後述的初始狀態下,當 各構件依據第1 8圖所示之位置關係而待機時,雖然被注 入了第1或第2壓力之空壓缸2 6的活塞桿2 6 a會爲平 板2 8所推壓,但整體乃未自缸體內突出,而從該狀態開 始,板會依序爲捲筒輥3 5所捲取而成爲捲筒6 6,但是 在進行該捲取時,即使捲筒輥3 5,亦即捲筒6 6上升些 微的量,藉由活塞桿2 6 a隨著自缸體內更加突出,而使 得皮帶4能夠持續地壓接在捲筒6 6上般地來決定各構件 的長度以及位置。 更者,如上所述,即使活塞桿2 6 a隨著自缸體內更 加突出而追隨,或是相反地即使活塞桿2 6 a被推入到缸 體內,如使皮帶4作用在捲筒輥3 5或捲筒6 6上的力量 不會大幅地發生變化般地而與第1實施形態同樣地例如關 閉空壓缸2 6之壓縮空氣的排氣口,藉著以長的管來連接 供氣口與減壓閥(未圖示)之間,可以使得能夠收容上述所決 定之壓力的壓縮空氣的容積變大。 藉由該些設定,皮帶4藉著平板2 8上升,可以在如 第18圖所示被上舉的狀態下行走。 另一方面,如第1 8圖所示,通常將OF F狀態的信 本紙张尺度適用中國國家榇準(CNS)A4说格(210Χ297公犮)· 36 _ ---------讲衣------ΐτ------線 {对先閱讀背面之注意事項H C本頁) 經濟部中央標準局貝工消费合作社印製 Λ7 _B7__ 五、發明説明_ ) 號輸出到在位於與皮帶4之行走方向呈垂直相交之方向上 之最側端的皮帶4,亦即,在第1 7圖中之最上方的皮帶 4與最下方的皮帶4,皮帶4受力後會被往下推’藉著平 板2 8下降而接觸,會輸出〇N狀態之信號而作爲捲筒半 徑檢測構件之極限開關則被分別固定到基台(未圖示)。 用來供給線3 0的噴嘴3 1,與第1實施形態同樣地 ,藉由空壓管(未圖示),將壓縮空氣供給到前端3 la 的方向,在自前端3 1 a供給線3 0,且在被供給後,讓 阻尼體(未圖示)壓接於線3 0,當外力作用時,則構成 可以在適當張力作用的狀態下被拉出,而原位置則如第 1 8圖的二點鎖線所示般位在皮帶4的上方,如上所述, 設定成位在依據噴嘴31可以在上下方向移動之間隔而設 置之相鄰的皮帶4的中央位置,而與第1實施形態同樣地 構成可以在上下以及水平方向自由移動。 其他雖未圖示,但是也同樣地具備在第1實施形態中 之設在捲筒輥3 5之兩端的回轉軸3 5 a以及回轉軸3 5 a的軸承33、支柱36、軸承3 7、公螺桿38、傘齒 輪3 9、輥40、伺服馬達4 1、由旋轉編碼器等所構成 的檢測器4 2、回轉計測器4 3、支撑台4 5、缺口部 4 6、導引部47、線性軸承48、保持台5 1以及V字 狀的支撑台5 2。 在該些構造中,則設有控制裝置6 0 a,會藉著輸入 來自操作者的手動信號,檢測器4 2、回轉計測器4 3以 及極限開’關8 6的資料,而輸出.使讓回轉軸2回轉驅動的 本紙伕尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X25»7公釐).37- Λ*衣 I I I I I 訂— I I I I 線 (诗先W讀背而之注意事項再_H本頁) 經濟部中央標準局只工消費合作社印製 A7 B? 五、發明説明3(5 ) 馬達、伺服馬達4 1以及電磁閥8 1、8 2作如下之控制 的信號。 亦即,當回轉軸2未被回轉驅動,且保持台5 1下降 時,皮帶4會被往下推,當自2個極限開關8 6之至少一 個接受到成爲ON狀態的信號時,則如讓保持台5 1停止 下降而接著上升般地讓2個公螺桿3 8回轉,在該狀態下 ,若自極限開關8 6接受到成爲0 F F狀態的信號時,則 如使2個公螺桿3 8停止回轉般地輸出用來控制伺服馬達 4 1的信號。· 又,根據來自操作者之手作業的輸入,如後所述,分 別單獨地輸出讓伺服馬達41朝希望的方向回轉的信號, 讓使回轉軸2回轉驅動的馬達作動的信號,如使第1壓力 的壓縮空氣注入到第1組的各空壓缸2 6 ,另一方面,則 將第2壓力的壓縮空氣注入到第2組的各空壓缸2 6般地 讓各電磁閥8 1 ,8 2作動的信號,以及藉由空氣管(未圖 示),將壓縮空氣供給到各噴嘴3 1之前端3 1 a的方向的 信號,將阻尼體壓接到線3 0的信號,藉由壓缸(未圖示} ,使噴嘴31如後述般地在上下以及水平方向移動的信號 〇 又在回轉軸2回轉時,則根據來自回轉計測器4 3之 皮帶4之速度資料與以該速度行走之皮帶4的經過時間的 資料來算出行走距離。當所算出之行走距離成爲所設定之 —定的距離,例如5 0 〇m. m時,則將第2壓力的壓縮空 氣注入到第1組之各空壓缸2 6,另一方面,則將第1壓 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X297公釐).38 - ---------^-— (計先閲讀背而之注意事項Λ 0本頁)• 1T -line-A7 B? Printed by the staff of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economy < 3) 1 | 1 7 P and above are for the first arm 12 on the lower side of the second figure. 1 I ** But in the second image, the first arm 12 t on the upper side is also A compression spring 15 is set in the same way as 1 1 1 on the first arm 12 below. ≫ Stop 1 1 Move the members 16 and 17. Firstly, read this article. As such, the compression roller 1 5 is provided to support the contact roller 6 t. The back surface 1 1 1 arm 1 2 etc. have their own weight, and the first arm 1 2 is kept at a level of t 1 I approximately. State 0 matters and 1 1 I In addition, the roll radius test 1 for detecting the radius of the roll 6 6 described later is attached as follows. Page > W * · 1 1 The first arm 12 below the second image, as shown in FIG. 3, is fixed to the second arm 18 having an L-shape, and the second arm 18 below the second arm 18 Load 1 | Unit 2 0 is fixed to the front end of the air cylinder which is fixed on the abutment] .9 of the piston rod I 1 9 a. In the pneumatic cylinder 19, the load unit 20 is pushed by the force (hereinafter referred to as h: only force) which pushes the lower end 1 8 a of the second arm 1 8 1 1 1 (hereinafter referred to as h: only force) as a force of about 5 kg. Compress the compressed air with a certain pressure on the roll roller 3 5 or the roll 6 6 1 1. Line. I This—a certain pressure for the return of the contact roller 6 through the contact roller 6 shown in Figure 3 1 1 | Rotation center S1 of the rotation shaft 1 3 and rotation of the rotation shaft 1 0 of the roller 11 1 1 S2 The imaginary line indicated by the two-point lock line and the imaginary line indicated by the two-point lock line above and below the center line of the lower end 1 1 1 8 a. 1 1 If the point where the two imaginary lines intersect is S 3 It can be found that the piston rod 1 I 1 9 a is output by dividing the distance between S 2 and S 1 1 1 1 by the distance between S 2 and S 3, multiplied by about 5 kg. The force of 値 is set to 1 1 J and is determined based on the relationship with the inner diameter of the cylinder. 1 1 1 This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm). Ί6-Printed by the Consumers' Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 _ V. Description of the invention < 4) · The compressed air having the pressure determined above is injected into the cylinder again, and after the piston rod 19 a is extended, the valves of the compressed air supply port and the exhaust port are closed. When the piston rod 19 a is pushed into the cylinder by the external force applied to the load unit 20, it is set so that the air compressed in the cylinder will be proportional to the amount of the thrust, so that A large thrust force is provided as a reaction force to the piston rod 19 a, and the force can be measured by the load unit 20. In addition, the load unit 20 and the lower end portion 18a of the second arm 18 determine the length of each member in the state where a small amount of gap is generated in a state where an external force is not applied to the contact roller 6. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 2 and the arrow direction in the cross section of the point-lock line C-C in one of the figures, as will be described later, compressed air set at the first pressure or the second pressure is injected. As shown in the fourth figure in the air cylinder 26, the door 4 is turned in a state of crossing all the belts 4 in the reverse direction by the pulley 3, that is, in the part that is walking to the left in the fourth figure. The supporting base 25 is provided between the pulley 3 and the contact roller 6. Corresponding to each belt 4, an air cylinder 26 is fixed to the supporting abutment 25, or an end portion provided on the back side of each belt 4 is supported by a bearing 2 7 so that it can freely revolve, and the width is similar. Equal to the plate 2 8 of the belt 4. As described above, although the belt 4 provided with the air cylinder 26 and the flat plate 28 is not shown in the drawings, for example, in order to transport a plate having a length in the fiber direction of approximately 180 mm, it intersects the fiber direction perpendicularly. In the direction, 8 strips are set, and the 8 strips 4 are arranged in the direction perpendicular to the running direction of the strip 4 and 4 strips are arranged on both sides of the center. CNS) A4 specification (210X297) 嫠 .17 --------- ^ ------ ΪΤ ------. ^ (Please read the precautions please read this page first) ) The Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shellfish Consumer Cooperatives, India Fan A7 _B7 V. Description of the invention ί 5) In two groups, in Figure 2, for the sake of convenience, we will look at the four starting from the right end of the belt 4 when it travels upstream. The belts are referred to as the first group, and the four belts at the left end when viewed from the upstream side in FIG. 2 are similarly referred to as the second group. The two sets of air cylinders 26 are connected to pipes as shown in FIG. 5. That is, from the compressed air machine 76 used to obtain compressed air, the piping is connected to the solenoid valves 8 1 and 8 2 as directional valves through the pressure reducing valves 77, 78, 79, and 80, and the solenoid valve 8 1 is connected to the first The first group of air cylinders 26, and the solenoid valve 8 2 is connected to the second group of air cylinders 2 6. The pressure is controlled to the first pressure described later by the pressure reducing valves 7 7 and 7 9 or The pressure is controlled to the second pressure described later by the pressure reducing valves 78 and 80. The so-called first pressure means that the front end of the extended piston rod 2 6 a abuts on the flat plate by injecting compressed air into each of the air cylinders 26 of the belt 4 divided into one of the two groups of the belt 4 described above. 2 8 and each of the belts 4 of the one group will be crimped to the reel roller 3 5 or 5 kg with a force of about 5 kg, It is the pressure of the reel 66. On the other hand, the above-mentioned so-called second pressure means that although the air cylinders 26, which are injected into the belt 4 divided into two groups, into the other group, cause the piston rods 2 6 a to extend, they can The flat plates supporting the belts 4 of the other group have almost no force acting on the roll roller 35 or the roll 6 6 from the belt 4. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) " " " · 彳 8 · --------- ^ ------------- ^ (Read the notes on the back of the poem before this page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economy Λ7 __, B? _ V. Description of the Invention < 6) Also in the initial state described later, when each member stands by according to the positional relationship shown in FIG. 8, although the piston rod 2 6 a of the air cylinder 26 having the first or second pressure is injected, It will be pushed by the flat plate 28, but the whole does not protrude from the cylinder body. From this state, the plate will be rolled up by the roll roller 3 5 and become the roll 6 6 in sequence. At this time, even if the reel roller 3 5, that is, the reel 6 6 rises by a slight amount, the piston rod 2 6 a is more protruded from the cylinder body, so that the belt 4 can be continuously crimped on the reel 6 6 To determine the length and position of each component. Furthermore, as described above, even if the piston rod 2 6 a protrudes from the cylinder body, or vice versa, even if the piston rod 2 6 a is pushed into the cylinder body, for example, the belt 4 acts on the reel roller 3 5 or The force on the reel 6 6 does not change greatly. For example, the compressed air exhaust port of the air cylinder 26 is closed, and the air supply port and the pressure reducing valve (not shown) are connected by a long pipe. In this way, the volume of compressed air capable of accommodating the pressure determined as described above can be increased. With this setting, the belt 4 will rise through the flat plate 28, as shown in FIG. Walk with the lifted up. Above each of the groove portions 8 corresponding to the contact rollers 6, a thin front end 3 1 a having a size that can be inserted into the groove portion 8 is arranged, and compressed air is supplied to the front end 3 by an air pressure pipe (not shown). In the direction of 1 a, after the line 3 0 ′ can be supplied from the front end 3 1 a and after being supplied, the damping body (not shown) is crimped onto the line 3 0. When an external force is applied, a moderate tension can be applied. The state of the nozzle 31 is drawn down, and the nozzle 31 can be moved by the air pressure rainbow (not shown) to move underground and back and forth as described below. This paper scale applies the China National Standard (CNS) A4. Specifications (210X297 公 楚) ~~.. --------- ¾ ------ IT ------ 0 (Please read the precautions on the back first, then this page) Printed by the Standard Bureau Shellfish Consumer Cooperative Λ7 ___B7 V. Description of the invention 彳 7) 〇 The 3 5 shown in Figure 4 is a magnifying roller (magzine roller) which will become a core when winding plywood. The axis centerline of 5 is parallel to the axis centerline of the contact roller 6, and the two axis centerlines are in the vertical direction, that is, in FIG. 4, above and below It should be located on about the same line. That is, as shown in FIG. 1, on the outside of the contact roller 6, there are provided pillars 3 6 fixed to a base (not shown), and on the outside of the pillars 35. Then, a male screw 3 8 which is supported to be freely rotatable by a bearing 3 7 is connected to the bevel gear on the left side of FIG. 1 via a bevel gear 3 9 and connected by a roller 40. 39. The two male screws 3 and 8 can be rotated synchronously by turning them according to a control signal described later. By measuring the number of revolutions of the male screw 38, the distance X from which the reel roller 35 is raised from the position of the initial state described later is detected, and a detector 42 made of a rotary encoder or the like is connected to Roller 40. Above the male screw 38, there is a support base 4 5 formed with a female thread that can be fitted into the male screw 38, and the support base 4 5 has the following relationship with the pillar 36. That is, as shown in FIG. 6 of the cross-sectional view of the arrow direction when the point lock line D-D of one of the first drawings is shown, a rectangular notch portion 4 6 is formed in the pillar 36 that penetrates in the left-right direction of FIG. 1, The support base 4 5 is inserted through the cutout portion 4 6. A vertical guide portion 47 is formed on the pillar 36, and a linear bearing 4 8 that can be fitted into the guide portion 4 7 is fixed on the support base 4 5 so that the support base 4 5 can be guided along the guide The leading part 4 7 is up and down --------- pain ------ ^ ------ ^ < Please read the precautions before you shovel, this page) This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -20- Λ 7 Λ 7 Printed by the consumer cooperative _____ 5. Description of the invention 彳 8) Move β to fix the holding table 5 1 of the roll roller 3 5 at the front end of each support table 4 5. When the two holding tables 51 are described with reference to the holding table 51 on the left side of FIG. 1, as shown in FIG. 7 of the sectional view of the arrow direction at the point of the lock line E — Ε in FIG. 1, It has a V-shaped support portion 52 that opens α upward, and the holding table 51 on the right side in FIG. 1 is similarly configured. Bearings 3 3 are mounted on the rotating shafts 3 5 a at both ends of the reel roller 3 5. By placing the bearings 3 3 on the two support portions 5 2, the reel roller 3 5 is opposite to the holding table. 5 1 is supported to be able to rotate freely, and the holding table 5 1 can be moved up and down as a whole by moving up and down. In addition, the weight of the reel roller 3 5 is set as described later, even from the belt 4 and the contact roller 6 receive upward force, and the bearing 3 3 does not move away from the support portion 5 2 to the upper level. ^ In these configurations, a control device 60 is provided, and the force acting on the load unit 20 from the second arm is often detected. By inputting a manual signal from the operator, the load unit 20 detects The output of the motor 4 2 and the rotation measuring device 43 is outputted by a motor that can drive the rotary shaft 2 to rotate, the servo motor 41, and the solenoid valves 8 1 and 8 2 as the following control signals. That is, even when the rotary shaft 2 is not allowed to rotate and drive, when the holding table 51 is lowered, 'from the state where the load detected by the load unit 20 is smaller than that of the upward thrust, if the load unit 2 is lower, When 0 receives a signal that is about 10% greater than the upper thrust, if the stage 5 1 is maintained, it will stop falling. The paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) — 21-. ^ 1 I— m n n I-n n I.  .  .  TI—; -n ---- n_____ (i.e. read the precautions before reading JvΗ this page) Central Sample Rate Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs β: printed by the cooperative Λ7 B7 V. Description of invention t9), Then, the two male screws 38 will rotate as if they were rising. In this state, if the load unit 20 receives a signal that the load has a smaller force than the upper thrust, it will make two male screws. A signal for controlling the servo motor 41 is outputted as the screw 38 stops rotating. In addition, based on the input from the operator's hand, as will be described later, a signal for turning the servo motor 41 in a desired direction is separately output, and a signal for turning a motor that drives the rotary shaft 2 to rotate, such as the first The compressed air of the pressure is injected into the air cylinders 26 of the first group. On the other hand, BJ (J) injects the compressed air of the second pressure to the air cylinders 26 of the second group, and each solenoid valve 8 1, 8 2 signal, and the signal to supply compressed air to the front end 3 1 a of each nozzle 31 through the air pipe (not shown), the signal of pressing the damper to the line 30, When the nozzle 31 is moved up and down and horizontally as described later by the cylinder pressure (not shown), and when the rotary shaft 2 rotates, the speed data of the belt 4 from the rotation measuring device 4 3 and the The travel distance of the belt 4 traveling at this speed is used to calculate the walking distance. When the calculated walking distance becomes a predetermined distance, for example, 50 mm, the compressed air of the second pressure should be injected into the first Each of the air cylinders 2 6 and on the other hand, Compressed air of the first pressure is injected into each of the air cylinders 26 of the second group, and the signals are sent to the solenoid valves 8 1 and 8 2, and the direction switching valves are actuated simultaneously. At the signals 8 1, 82 are sent After the electromagnetic valve 8 1,82, if the travel distance calculated again is 500 mm, the compressed air of the first pressure is similarly injected into the air cylinders 2 6 of the first group. On the other hand, the first 2 pressure compressed air is injected into the air cylinders of the second group. 2 This paper standard is generally applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 × 297 mm) -22---------- ^- -----, 1T ------. Line (please read the notes on the back page first) 印 7 ___B7 printed by Bei Gong Xiao F Cooperative, Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs.  The signals are sent to the solenoid valves 8 1 and 8 2 and the directional switching valves are actuated simultaneously. Hereinafter, whenever the walking distance becomes 50 mm, the same applies to the air cylinders of the first and second groups. The pressure of 26 is changed alternately, and the operation signal is sent to the solenoid valves 81 and 82. In addition, when a signal of the number of revolutions per unit time of the rotation axis 2 detected by the rotation measuring device 43 is input, the load detected by the load unit 20 will become a set value. The upward thrust is about 10%, and when the state continues a certain number of rotations set by the roll roller 35, for example, when the rotation time is 1 / · 4 rotation, then two male screws 3 8 are rotated to make the holding table 5 1 rises, and when the load becomes below the upper thrust, and the state continues for the 1/4 rotation time of the roll roller 35, the signal for controlling the servo motor 41 is output to make 2 The male screw 3 8 stops turning. Here, the reel roller 3 5 makes 1/4 rotation time, even if the speed of the belt 4 is constant, as described later, from the initial state, the plywood will be taken up by the reel roller 3 5 to become the reel 6 6. Except for the roll roller 3, 5 will slowly rise and increase, but the time for 1/4 rotation at any point in time is determined according to the following. If the distance at which the holding table 51 rises from the initial state is set to X, the radius of the roll roller 35 is set to y, the walking speed of the belt 4 is set to z, and the roll 66 at this time is set to 1 / The time of 4 revolutions is set to t, and the pi is set to; when r, then the length of the outer circumference of the reel 6 6 in time t is zt, and the reel is 1. The length of each circle is the radius of the roll 6 6, that is, (x + y) times 2 π. Since the length zt is equal to the long paper size, it is applicable to the Chinese National Standard Car (CNS) A4 grid (210X297 mm) -23-yiyi I n ^ 11 III n ^ {Please read the precautions in front and then erode the copy Page) Employees' Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Consumer Cooperatives, A7 _______B? _____ V. Invention Description 2 (1) Degree 2 7T (x + y) is one-fourth, so if it is calculated, t becomes 7 ^ X + y ) / 2 Z. This time t is calculated in the control device 60 which is inputted with the data of the distance X from the detector 42 and the data of the speed z from the gyroscope 43. Furthermore, the control device 60 is calculated in the calculated The data of the load input from the load unit 20 is judged within a period of time. If the above conditions are satisfied, a signal capable of controlling the servo motor 41 as above is sent. The control device 60 receives each signal, and sends the signal as described above. The first embodiment is structured as described above, and the initial state is prepared according to the following. "It is input by the operator's hand, and the control device 6 0 sends out a signal, and each solenoid valve 8 1, 8 2 is actuated to inject the compressed air of the first pressure into each of the air cylinders of the first group 2 6, and on the other hand, the compressed air of the second pressure is injected into the first The air cylinders of the two groups are each 26 °. Then the operator's hand is used to input 'to make the servo motor 4 1 actuate and let the two male screws 3 8 rotate' in the holding table 5 1 from the first figure When the position is moved to a certain position above, and after the standby is stopped, the bearings 3 3 at both ends of the roll roller 35 are placed on the holding table 5 1 to support the contact roller 35. Then, the input is performed by the operator's hand in the same way, the servo motor 41 is operated, the two male screws 38 are rotated in opposite directions to the above, and the holding table 51 is lowered. Here, as shown in FIG. 4, the roll roller 35 abuts on the belt 4 and the contact roller 6. Because the weight of the roll roller 3 5 is very large, the paper ’s size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 said grid (210X297 public address) -24- --------- ^ ------ ΪΤ ------ ^ {Please read the precautionary note on the back of this page h) Economy Printed by A7 __. _ B? ___ 5. The right to explain the invention), the belt 4 and the contact roller 6 are pushed downwards》 by the contact roller 6 is pushed downwards, and the rotary shaft 1 3 of the contact roller 6 is maintained as the first freely rotatable state. In FIG. 3, the arm 12 is rotated in the clockwise direction, and the lower end portion 18 a of the second arm 18 pushes the load unit 20. Therefore, the piston rod 19 a of the air cylinder 19 to which the load unit 20 is fixed will be pushed into the cylinder, so that the air in the cylinder is compressed. When the pressure is increased, it is equivalent to the amount of compression. The force with a large upward thrust will become a reaction force, and when the force is applied to the piston rod 19 a, the force larger than the upward thrust will be directed downward from the lower end 18 a of the second arm 18 and from The piston rod 19 a acts upwards on the load unit 20. Soon, when the force detected by the self-loading unit 20 is about 10% greater than the upward thrust, the control device 60 that receives the signal will stop the holding table 51 from descending in the same manner as above, and Then, the signal of the ascending operation is output to the servo motor 41, and the reel shaft 35 rises after stopping the descending. When the roll roller 35 rises, the force with which the contact roller 6 is pushed downward becomes smaller, and the force at which the lower end portion 18a of the second arm 18 pushes the load unit 20 becomes smaller. On the other hand, the compressed air in the cylinder of the air pressure cylinder 19, as described above, will have a larger thrust than that, and about 10% of the force will be applied to the piston rod 19a, so it will cause destructive force. The load unit 20 fixed to the piston rod 19 a pushes the lower end of the second arm 18 upward. Here, the first arm 1 2 integrated with the second arm 18 is rotated counterclockwise in the third figure, and the contact roller 6 provided on the first arm 12 is a reel roller. 3 5 Rising in the state of being pushed. This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 grid (210 × 297 ft) · 25---------- ^ ------ ir ------ ^ (Please read the back first Precautions Η Η This page) Printed by the staff of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Co-operative Society, Λ7 B? V. Description of the invention) And because the balance of the above forces is broken, the piston rod 19a will be released from the air cylinder 19 The bowl body comes out slowly. By the piston rod 19 a coming out, the increased pressure in the cylinder body will gradually decrease. When the force applied to the piston rod 19 a becomes smaller than the upward thrust, it will continue to act. The force at the load unit 20 will also become smaller than the upper thrust. As a result, from the load unit 20, a signal that receives a smaller force than the upper thrust force is output. As described above, the control device that receives the signal will output a signal to stop the holding table 5 1 to the holding table 5 1 , And let the holding stand 5 1 stop. As a result, the belt 4 as well as the contact roller 6 and the reel roller 35 are shown in a sectional view in the direction of the arrow from the one-point lock line F to F. In the second figure, the roll is indicated by the two-point lock line. The can roller 35 waits in accordance with the positional relationship shown in FIG. 8 indicated by a solid line. That is, the part of the urethane rubber 5 of the contact roller 6 is crimped to the peripheral surface of the reel roller 35, and the groove 7 is shown in FIG. 4 by the air cylinder 2 6 The flat plate 2 8 is pushed upward, and the belt 4 is crimped to the peripheral surface of the roll roller 35. In addition, in this state, the piston rod 2 6 a of the air cylinder 26 does not completely protrude from the cylinder body, and even if the reel roller 3 5 rises from this state by a certain amount, the piston rod 2 6 a increases with By protruding, the belt 4 can be continuously crimped to the reel roller 35. After the above initial state is set, winding is performed as follows. In the initial state of FIG. 4, the compressed air is supplied to each nozzle through an air pipe (not shown) in accordance with an input signal from the operator's hand while the damping body is not crimped to the line 30. 3 1Front end 3 1 a This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2 丨 0X297 mm) _ 26 · --------- Private clothing — (Please read it first and pay attention Matters on this page) * 11-Line-The direction of the A7 B7 printed by the Cooperative Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Here, as shown in the ninth diagram of the action illustration of the arrow in the cross-section of the point lock line Η — 之一 in one of the second figures, the line 30 will pass the reel roller 3 5 and sag on the contact roller 6 and Between rollers 1 to 1. Next, similarly, the air cylinder (not shown) is actuated based on the input signal by hand operation, and the nozzle 31 is moved to the lower side of the running position of the belt 4 as shown in FIG. 10. Then, as shown in FIG. 11, let the nozzle 31 move horizontally to the left, and let its front end 3 1 a enter the groove portion 8 located just below the reel roller 35 and wait. As shown in FIG. 11, the upstream front end of the line 30 sags in a state where it crosses the belt 4. In this state, after the damping body is crimped to the line 30 according to the input signal operated by the operator's hand, a signal for operating the motor that drives the rotary shaft 2 to rotate is output, and the pulley 3 is driven as described above. 12 As shown in the figure, when the belt 4 is allowed to travel in the direction of the arrow, the reel roller 3 5 which is crimped by the belt 4 will be rotated by the friction force from the belt 4 and crimped on the roll. The contact roller 6 on the drum roller 35 is rotated by the friction force from the drum roller 35. According to the rotation of the rotary shaft 2, the control device 60 receives the speed data from the belt 4 of the rotation measuring device 43 to calculate the walking distance. When the calculated walking distance is 50 mm, the signal is sent to each electromagnetic Valve 8 1,82, and at the same time let the direction switching valve 26 act, and contrary to the initial state, the second pressure of compressed air is injected into each of the first group of air cylinders 26, on the other hand, Then, the compressed air of the first pressure is injected into each of the air cylinders 26 of the second group. Below, as mentioned above, in each walk --------- ^ ------ 1T ------ 0 (Jing first read the precautions on the back before. ,, · This page) This paper size is applicable to China National Standard Vehicle (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -27- B? Printed by the Bayer Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention 耜) Distance up to 50 At 0 mm, the company will send the operating signal to the solenoid valve 8 1 1 8 2 and change the pressure of the air cylinders 2 6 of the first group and the second group interactively. That is, > set the pressure of the air-compression cylinder 2 6 of one of the first and second groups to the first pressure 9 and the pre-read pressure of the other air-compression cylinder 2 6 to the second pressure 9 This state > 9 will change interactively every time the walking distance reaches 5 0 0 • η back \ ij mm. Note the result > The pressure of the reel roller 3 5 t air cylinder 2 6 will change from It becomes the matter of item 1 and the pressure—the belt 4 receives the turning force at 4 places. As described later, even if the plywood 6 5 is taken up by the roll roll 3 5 and becomes the roll 6 6 pages, The pressure of the air cylinder 2 6 will be received from the belt 4 that becomes the first pressure group—the power of rotation »Then, as shown in Figure 12, the speed will be set at the same speed as the walking speed of the belt 4. It is cut by a lathe and continuously conveyed in a direction perpendicular to the fiber direction The veneer 6 5 with a length of about 18,000 mm in the fiber direction is guided onto the belt 4. Here, the veneer 6 5 is continuously conveyed by the belt 4 and is shown in the enlarged view of the veneer in FIG. 1 3 The end of the wire at 6 5 will advance to 0 in a state where the drooping wire 3 0 is bent and engaged. Then, when the board A 5 of A 5.  · When Rui passes between the rotating contact roller 6 and the reel-roller 3 5, the line 3 0 that is engaged at the *-* end will be contacted with the veneer 6 5 — the rotating contact roller. 6 is held by the reel roller 3 5 so > later the thread 3 0 will be conveyed at the peripheral speed of the reel roller 3 5 and the thread 3 0 will be clamped in the state where the end 3 1 a of the white nozzle 3 1 is always under tension Pull out 0, and because the front end 3 1 a of the nozzle 3 1 will wait at the position shown in Figure 1 3, it will pass through the contact roller 6 rh-t ρ? Η roll roller 3 5 and the paper scale is suitable China National Standard (CNS > A4 is now available (210X297 mm). 〇8-Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A? ______R7 V. Invention Description and).  The front end of 6 5 will walk on the position above the belt 4 according to the line 3 0 drawn from the nozzle 31, that is, the position indicated by 3 0a in FIG. 14 described later, such as along the The reel roller 35 is guided in the same manner. Later, the veneer 65 is guided by the same line 30, and is integrated with the outer line 30, and is sequentially being processed. The rotating reel roll 3 5 is taken up to form a reel 6 6 as shown in FIG. 14. As described above, since the pressure of each of the air cylinders 26 in the first group and the second group is the pressure of the winding device described above, the problems in the conventional device can be solved as described below. That is, the veneer 6 5 is affected by the material. For example, the pressure of the air cylinders 2 6 on the side of the first group will become the first pressure. When it is pulled between the belt 4 and the roll 6 6 However, when a large wave is generated when it is stretched toward the carry-in side, it will start from the state shown in Fig. 14 and, as shown in Fig. 15, a raised portion 65a will be generated. The pressure of the cylinder 26 becomes the first pressure. When the belt 4 travels 50 mm, as described above, the pressure of each of the air cylinders 26 in the first group becomes the second pressure, and almost no force will act from the belt 4. On the roll 6 6, as described above, the contact roller 6 is crimped to the roll 6 6 with a weak force. Therefore, the raised portion 6 5 a passes between the roll 6 6 and the contact roller 6. There will be no tension for a while, but it will be rolled up in a slightly relaxed state to become a roll 6 6 *, and the waves will be eliminated, and the state shown in Fig. 14 will be obtained. In the second group, the pressure of each of the air cylinders 2 and 6 will become the first pressure, and even if the single board 65 is pulled to generate a large wave, the Chinese national standard (CNS ) A4 specifications (210X297 mm) -29- --------- ^ ------ 1T ------. ^ (Please read the note on the back 苒:, ¾ page) Printed by the Consumer Affairs Cooperative of the Central Government Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Λ7 _ B7___ V. Description of the Invention 穸) It is rolled into a roll in a loose state 6 6 . In this way, when winding the veneer, as shown in FIG. 15, even the raised portion 6 5 a can be rolled up and destroyed as described above, so unlike conventional devices, The veneer 65 is continuously pulled in and the elongation is accumulated on the carry-in side, and it will not be rolled up because the veneer 6 5 is overlapped, so that the folded position becomes a scar and appears in the On the product, the quality is reduced, and there is no case where the yield is reduced due to the fracture from the position. During winding, when the material of the veneer is different, the pressure of the air cylinder 26 is temporarily the first pressure, and only in the first group, as shown in FIG. 15, the raised portion 6 is continuously generated. When 5 a and slack is taken up, the roll 6 and 6, the radius of the first group will be larger than the second group in order and become push-shaped. At this time, because the roll rollers 3 and 5 are at a certain position Position, so in the first group, the contact roller 6 will be pushed down. "As mentioned above, the contact roller 6 is held in the first arm 12 and can rotate freely, while the first arm 12 is fixed. On the shaft 10, since the shaft 10 is supported by the bearing 9 so as to be able to rotate freely *, even if the contact roller 6 is pushed down on the side of the first group, the contact roller 6 will be parallel to the roller 11 Next, revolve at the same angle with the axis 10 as the center. Here, in the third figure, the first arm 12 is rotated clockwise, and the lower end portion 18a of the second arm 18 pushes the load. Unit 20, and the piston rod 19 of the air cylinder 19 9 a. Will be slowly pushed into the cylinder. As a result, as described in the above initial state, the pressure in the cylinder will increase. This paper size is applicable to the Chinese national standard (CNS > A4 specification (210X297 mm) -30- --------- mining ------ ΪΤ ------ 0 (谙 Please read the notes on the back 袅:, this page) A7 B printed by Zhengong Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention and) '' The force detected by the load unit 20 becomes larger than the upward thrust. The force acting on the load unit 20 is often detected as described above, and is transmitted to the control device 60, when the detected maggot becomes larger or about one than the upper thrust, and the reel roller 3 5 That is, when the reel 66 continues to be approximately 10% larger during the 1/4 rotation, the control device 60 will output a signal for raising the holding table 51 to the servo motor 41 in the above state. Here, the reel roller 35 will rise, and the force with which the contact roller 6 is pushed down by the reel 66 will become smaller, and the force measured in the load unit 20 will become smaller than the upward thrust, and when the The reel roller 3 5, that is, the reel 6 6 is continuously operated for one hour during the 1/4 rotation, and a signal for stopping the rising of the holding table 5 1 is output to the servo motor 41. After the holding table 51 has been raised and stopped repeatedly several times, when the phenomenon of coiling the veneer disappears in the case where the above-mentioned temporary wave is generated on the side of the first group, then by continuously rolling the veneer, On the side of the second group with a small radius of the reel 66, the veneer 65 will be loosely taken up, while the radius of the second group will gradually increase, and the entire push-up shape of the reel 66 Will be corrected to be approximately cylindrical. After being cylindrical, the veneer 65 is taken up again. When the radius of the roll 6 6 becomes larger in order, the belt 4 and the contact roller 6 become larger as the diameter of the roll 6 6 becomes larger. Was pushed down. At this time, similarly, in the third figure, the first arm 12 will rotate in the clockwise direction when the load is single. When the force detected in Yuan 20 becomes about one step higher than the upper thrust, the roll roller 35. According to the signal from which the signal is input, the paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -31---------- Doing clothes ------ price ----- -0 (please read the precautions on the back of this page first)} This page) The Central Government of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Bei Gong Consumer Cooperative Cooperative Press Λ7 _B? V. Description of the Invention 轵) The control device 6 0's operating signal rises. When the force detected by the load unit 20 becomes smaller than the upward thrust force, the reel roller 35 similarly stops rising based on the operation signal from the control device 60. The board is taken up while performing these operations. In the first embodiment described above, since only the force of the air cylinder 26 is applied to the belt 4, the belt is hung on two pulleys arranged in the conveying direction of the board at intervals, compared with In the case where the pulley on the upstream side in the same direction is used as the return center, and the force of the air cylinder is applied to the pulley on the downstream side in the same direction, the mass of the moving component will be reduced, and even if the time interval for actuation is short Easy to handle and easy to maintain and manage. When it is a fragile material, for example, the thickness is as thin as 0. For a 6mm veneer, in this embodiment, when it is set to only take up the belt 4 by crimping it onto the reel 6 6 and take it up, although the veneer is between the adjacent belts 4 due to its own weight Bending cannot be used as a veneer, but because the urethane rubber 5 of the contact roller 6 is wound up while contacting the veneer 65 with such a small force as described above, It can be coiled without being bent. In addition, the roll radius detecting member does not use the load unit 20 for detecting force in FIG. 3, but directly contacts the front end of the piston rod 19a to the lower end portion 18 of the second arm 18. a, the pressure of the air cylinder 19 is set to be the same as above, and the limit switch 8 6 shown in FIG. 18 to be described later is used to detect whether the second arm 18 has returned to a certain level during the winding operation. Location, but at this time there will be the following problems. In other words, it is difficult to accurately detect the slight return of the second arm 18 to the contact roller 6 by the limit switch. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) ~~ I 32-- -------- Install --------- 1T ----. -^ (Please read the notes on the back before A? This page) A7 printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs _ · __B? V. Description of the buckle) The self-roller 6 6 was pushed down and borrowed Before the rotation of the second arm 1 8 is detected by the limit switch, there may be a case where an excessive force is exerted from the contact roller 6 on the reel 66, and when it is a thin sheet or a fragile sheet In the case of a plate, the veneer serving as the reel 60 may be cracked. The reel radius detection mechanism is configured to detect the force received by the abutment member from the reel by abutting members such as a contact roller 6 that moves in the radial direction of the reel by abutting on the outer peripheral surface of the reel. It is composed of a force detector like the load unit 20, so the change of the roll radius can be detected as the force acting on the roll 6 from the contact roller 6 'because it will change according to the force of the force Since the distance between the reel roller and the holding member of the traveling body is not excessive, an excessive force does not act on the reel, and the above-mentioned problem does not occur. Take up as described above. When the roll 60 has a certain radius, the take-up operation will be interrupted, and the locking member (not shown) will be engaged with the rotating shaft 3 at both ends of the roll roller 35. 5 a, and i lifts the reel roll 3 5 and transports it to a certain position for rewinding. That is, as shown in FIG. 16, the bearings 3 3 of the rotary shafts 3 5 a mounted on both ends of the reel roller 35 are placed on the support portion 5 2 in the same manner as that of the holding table 51. A character-shaped support portion (not shown) is supported so as to be freely rotatable. In addition, a plurality of belts 71 are hung on a roller 70 driven by a motor (not shown) and walked in the direction of the arrow '. The air pressure cylinder (not shown) is pressed into the roll with an appropriate force from below. The drum 6 6 is turned on, and the drum 66 is rotated in the direction of the arrow, and the single board 65 is rolled back and carried to the next process. In addition, 7 2 is a bobbin that is arranged below the adjacent belt 7 1 so that the thread 30 is synchronized with the speed of the belt 7 1 and the recovered spool is wound. (This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification. (210X297mm) -33- --------- ^ ------ 1T ------ ^ {Please read the precautions on the back then > 3 pages) Ministry of Economic Affairs The Central Bureau of Standards and Engineering ** printed by the cooperative A7 _B7 V. Description of the invention h) Ribbon) 〇 Next, the second embodiment of the present invention will be described. The second embodiment does not use the contact roller in the first embodiment. 6 and the load cell 20, etc., for detecting the lowering of the contact roller 6, are constituted as follows. As shown in FIG. 17, as in the first embodiment, in the direction of the axis centerline of the rotary shaft 2, that is, in FIG. 17, a plurality of, for example, 16 are fixed at intervals in the up-down direction. The pulley 3 is connected to a rotary shaft 2 driven by a motor (not shown). By suspending the belts 4 on the pulleys (not shown) provided on the upstream side of the belts in the direction of travel of the belts described below with respect to the pulleys 3, the 16 belts 4 are directed toward In the direction of the arrow, at a position where a nozzle 31 described later is provided, the position where the pulley 3 is fixed to the rotary shaft 2 is determined such that the nozzle 31 can move up and down between adjacent belts 4. Another example is from the cross section of the point lock line K-K in FIG. 17 when the arrow direction is shown in FIG. 17 and the solid roll is shown in FIG. 17 as the two-point lock line. As shown in FIG. 18 with the addition of the nozzle 31, the belt 3 is installed in a state of crossing all the belts 4 in the reverse direction through the pulley 3, that is, in the portion that runs to the left in FIG. 18 Door-shaped support abutment 25. As shown in FIG. 18, the support abutment 25 is provided with an air cylinder 26 corresponding to each belt 4. The air cylinder 2 is compressed by injecting compressed air at a first pressure or a second pressure described later. The front end of the piston rod 2 6 a of 6 hits --------- ^ ------ ΐτ ------ ii (please read the precautions before reading this page) This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 standard (210 father 297 mm) • 34- Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Λ7 ___B? V. Description of Invention 2 (2).  The end portion connected to the upstream side is supported by the bearing so as to be freely revolvable and has a width equal to the lower end of the other end of the flat plate 2 8 of the belt 4. The pressure of the compressed air injected into each of the air cylinders 26 is set as follows. That is, in the same manner as the first embodiment, the six belts 4 are divided into two groups by providing eight belts on both sides of the center in a direction perpendicular to the direction in which the belt 4 is traveling. In the figure, for convenience, the eight belts starting from the right end when looking at the upstream side of the leather goods 4 in the walking direction are referred to as the first group. Similarly, in the second image, the eight belts starting from the left end when looking at the upstream side are referred to. The belt is called the second group. The two sets of air cylinders 26 are connected to the piping as shown in Figure 5 in the first embodiment. That is, the air compressor 76 for obtaining compressed air passes through a pressure reducing valve 77, 78, 79 and 80, connect the piping to the solenoid valves 8 1 and 8 2 as directional valves, the solenoid valve 8 1 is connected to the air cylinder 2 6 of the first group, and the solenoid valve 8 2 is connected to the second group of The air pressure cylinder 26 »controls the pressure to a first pressure described later by the pressure reducing valves 7 7 and 79, or controls the pressure to a second pressure described later by the pressure reducing valves 78 and 80. The so-called first pressure means that the front end of the extended piston rod 2 6 a abuts on the flat plate by injecting compressed air into each of the air cylinders 26 of the belt 4 divided into one of the two groups of the belt 4 described above. Underneath 2 8 and each of the belts 4 of the one group will have a force of about 5 kg, that is, all 4 belts of the one group will be about 2. The force of 0 kg is crimped to the roll roller 3 5 or the roll 6 6. This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) _ 35---------- ^ ------ ir ------ 0 (诮 Read the back first Note: Gong Yi ~ this page) Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, printed by 工 7 B? _ V. Invention Description Private) On the other hand, the so-called second pressure means that although it is injected into the above division into 2 Each of the pneumatic cylinders 26 of the belt 4 of the other group of the belt 4 makes the piston rod 2 6 a elongate, but can support the flat plate of the belt 4 of the other group, There is a force acting on the reel roller 35 or the reel 66. In the same manner as the first embodiment, in the initial state described later, when each member stands by in accordance with the positional relationship shown in FIG. 18, the pressure of the air cylinder 26 of the first or second pressure is injected. The piston rod 2 6 a will be pushed by the flat plate 2 8, but the whole will not protrude from the cylinder body. From this state, the plate will be sequentially wound by the roll roller 3 5 to become the roll 6 6, but During this winding, even if the reel roller 35, that is, the reel 66 is raised by a slight amount, the piston rod 2 6 a is more protruded from the cylinder body, so that the belt 4 can be continuously crimped in The length and position of each member are generally determined by the reel 66. Furthermore, as described above, even if the piston rod 2 6 a follows as it protrudes from the cylinder body, or vice versa, even if the piston rod 2 6 a is pushed into the cylinder body, for example, the belt 4 acts on the reel roller 3 The force on 5 or the reel 6 6 is not greatly changed. As in the first embodiment, for example, the exhaust port of the compressed air of the air cylinder 26 is closed, and the air supply is connected by a long pipe. Between the port and the pressure reducing valve (not shown), the volume of compressed air that can accommodate the pressure determined as described above can be increased. With these settings, the belt 4 is raised by the flat plate 28, and can walk in a state of being lifted up as shown in FIG. On the other hand, as shown in Figure 18, the letter paper size of the OF F state is usually applied to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 standard (210 × 297). 36 _ ---------衣衣 ------ ΐτ ------ line {Notes on the back of the first read HC page) Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Shellfish Consumer Cooperative Λ7 _B7__ V. Invention Description _) Output to The belt 4 located at the extreme end in a direction orthogonal to the running direction of the belt 4, that is, the uppermost belt 4 and the lowermost belt 4 in FIG. 17, the belt 4 is subjected to force after being stressed. Push down to make contact when the tablet 28 is lowered, and a signal of ON state will be output, and the limit switches as the roll radius detection members are respectively fixed to the abutment (not shown). The nozzle 3 1 for supplying the line 30 is supplied with compressed air to the front end 3 la through an air pressure pipe (not shown) in the same manner as in the first embodiment, and the line 3 is supplied from the front end 3 1 a. 0, and after being supplied, the damping body (not shown) is crimped to the wire 3 0. When an external force is applied, the structure can be pulled out under the state of appropriate tension, and the original position is as in Section 1 8 It is located above the belt 4 as shown by the two-point lock line in the figure. As described above, it is set to the center position of the adjacent belt 4 provided according to the interval at which the nozzle 31 can move in the vertical direction. The shape is similarly configured to be freely movable in the vertical and horizontal directions. Although not shown in the figure, the bearing 33, the pillar 36, the bearing 37, and the bearing 33, 3, and 3 of the rotating shaft 3 5a and the rotating shaft 3 5 a provided in the first embodiment are also provided in the same manner. Male screw 38, Bevel gear 3 9, Roller 40, Servo motor 4 1. Detector made of rotary encoder 4 2. Rotary measuring device 4 3. Support stand 4 5. Notch 4 6. Guide 47 , Linear bearing 48, holding table 51, and V-shaped supporting table 52. In these structures, there is a control device 60a, which will output by inputting manual signals from the operator, the detector 42, the rotation measuring device 43, and the limit on'8 8 data. The size of the paper roll that makes the rotary shaft 2 drive is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X25 »7mm). 37- Λ * 衣 IIIII Order — IIII line (the poems are first read and the other precautions are followed by _H page) The Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs only prints A7 B? V. Invention Description 3 (5) Motor, The servo motor 41 and the solenoid valves 8 1 and 8 2 perform the following control signals. That is, when the rotary shaft 2 is not driven to rotate and the holding table 51 is lowered, the belt 4 will be pushed down. When a signal to turn ON is received from at least one of the two limit switches 86, such as The holding table 51 is stopped to descend, and then the two male screws 3 8 are rotated as if they were rising. In this state, if a signal from the limit switch 8 6 to the 0 FF state is received, two male screws 3 are made. The signal for controlling the servo motor 41 is output like 8 stop rotation. In addition, according to the input from the operator's hand, as described later, a signal for turning the servo motor 41 in a desired direction is separately output, and a signal for turning the motor that drives the rotary shaft 2 to rotate, such as the first Compressed air of one pressure is injected into each of the air cylinders 2 6 of the first group, and compressed air of the second pressure is injected into each of the air cylinders 2 of the second group 26, and the solenoid valves 8 1 8 2 signal, and a signal that supplies compressed air to the direction of the front end 3 1 a of each nozzle 3 through an air pipe (not shown), presses the damping body to the signal of line 3 0, A signal from the pressure cylinder (not shown) that moves the nozzle 31 up and down and horizontally as described later. When the rotation axis 2 rotates again, based on the speed data of the belt 4 from the rotation measuring device 4 3 and The walking distance of the speed walking belt 4 is used to calculate the walking distance. When the calculated walking distance becomes a set-a fixed distance, for example 50 0 〇m.  m, the second pressure of compressed air is injected into the air cylinders 26 of the first group. On the other hand, the paper size of the first pressure applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210X297 mm). . 38---------- ^ -— (Before reading the back, please note Λ 0 page)

、1T 線 A7 ___B7 五、發明説明軔) 力的壓縮空氣注入到第2組之各空壓缸2 6,以下每當該 行走距離達5 0 Omm時,則如使第1組以及第2組的各 空壓缸2 6的壓力交互地變更般地將作動信號送到電磁閥 81、 82,而讓方向切換閥同時作動。 更者,當回轉計測器4 3所檢測出之回轉軸2在每單 位時間內之回轉數的信號被輸入時,則當自極限開關8 6 之至少一者輸入成爲ON狀態的信號,且當該on狀態持 續一捲筒輥3 5之所設定的一定回轉數,例如作1/4回 轉的時間時,則如使保持台51上升作動般地讓2個公螺 桿3 8回轉,在該狀態下,當自雙方之極限開關8 6輸入 成爲OF F狀態的信號,且該OF F狀態同樣地持續捲筒 輥3 5作1/4回轉的時間時,則如使2個公螺桿3 8停 止回轉般地送出控制伺服馬達41的信號。 在此,捲筒輥3 5作1 / 4回轉的時間則與第1實施 形態同樣地求得。 控制裝置6 0則接受各種的信號,如上所述般地輸出 控制的信號》 經濟部中央標隼局貝工消费合作社印繁 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項其 4本頁) 第2實施形態則如上述般地構成,初始狀態則依下而 準備。 藉由操作者的手操作來輸入,而自控制裝置6 0送出 信號,讓各電磁閥8 1 ,82作動’將第1壓力的壓縮空 氣注入第1組之各空壓缸2 6 ,另一方面’則將第2壓力 的壓縮空氣注入到第2組之各空壓缸2 6 « 接著則藉由操作者之手作業來輸入,而讓伺服馬達 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標2MCNS) A4说格(210X297公釐)-39- 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印策 Λ7 ____ B? 五、發明説明;) 4 1作動’讓2個公螺桿3 8回轉,在讓保持台5 1自第 1圖所示的位置移動到上方的一定位置,而停止待機後, 則分別將捲筒輥3 5之兩端的軸承3 3載置在保持台5 1 而支撑接觸輥3 5。接著同樣地藉由操作者之手作業來輸 入’而讓伺服馬達4 1作動,讓2個公螺桿3 8朝與上述 相反的方向回轉,而讓保持台5 1下降。 在此,捲筒輥3 5,則如第1 8圖所示抵接在皮帶4 ,而將皮帶4往下推。藉著將皮帶4往下推,極限開關 8 6成爲)ON狀態,該信號則被輸入到控制裝置6 0 a 〇 在此,控制裝置6 0 a,如上所述,會將讓保持台 5 1停止下降,而接著上升的信號輸出到伺服馬達4 1, 在捲筒輥3 5停止下降後會上升。 當捲筒輥3 5上升時,不久極限開關8 6會成爲 0 F F狀態,而接受到該信號的控制裝置6 0,則如上所 述,會將讓保持台5 1停止上升的信號輸出到伺服馬達 41,而讓保持台51停止》 結果,皮帶4與捲筒輥3 5係根據以實線所示之第 1 8圖所示的位置關係而等待。此外,在此狀態下,空壓 缸2 6之活塞桿2 6 a整個仍未自缸體內突出,而即使捲 筒輥3 5自該狀態上升些微的量,藉著活塞桿2 6 a隨著 更加突出,可以讓皮帶4持續地壓接在捲筒輥3 5上。 在設定好以上之初始狀態後,則如下所述般地進行捲 取。 本紙张尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐)_ 40 - ---------參------ir------1 (請先閱讀背而之注意事項再本頁) 經濟部中央標準局貝工消费合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明知) · 在第1 8圖中,則在噴嘴3 1於二點鎖線所示之位置 等待的初始狀態下,在根據藉由操作者的手作業的輸入信 號’與第1實施形態同樣地,在自噴嘴3 1供給線3 0後 ,讓噴嘴31同樣地移動,而在第18圖之實線所示的位 置上等待。 在此狀態下,在根據藉由操作者之手作業的輸入信號 ,同樣地將阻尼體壓接到線3 0上後’讓回轉軸2驅動回 轉,而讓滑輪3回轉,使皮帶4朝箭頭方向行走’而藉著 該皮帶4的行·走使捲筒輥3 5回轉。 又控制裝置6 0 a ,則同樣地根據回轉軸2的回轉來 演算行走距離,在該所演算的行走距離每次達到5 0 0 mm時,則會將作動信號送到電磁閥8 1、8 2 ’而第1 組以及第2組之其中一者的空壓缸2 6的壓力會成爲第1 壓力,另一者的空壓缸2 6的壓力會成爲第2壓力,而該 狀態會交互地變更。 在上述的狀態下,將單板6 5導引到皮帶4上,而與 第1實施形態同樣地,單板6 5同樣地會一邊爲線3 0所 導引,而一邊會與位在外側的線3 0成爲一體,而依序爲 正在回轉之捲筒輥3 5所捲取而成爲捲筒β 以上的捲取裝置,則與第1實施形態同樣地,由於會 變更第1組以及第2組之各空壓缸2 6的壓力,因此上述 習知如申請專利範圍第中的問題也同樣地解決。 亦即,單板6 5會因爲材質的影響,例如在各空壓缸 2 6的壓力成爲第1壓力的第1組,在第1實施形態中, ---------1------ix------.^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再.. 本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -41 - Μ濟部中央標準局貝工消费合作社印製 Λ7 B7 五、發明説明釦) 如第1 5圖所示,即使會產生隆起的部分,當第1組之各 空壓缸2 6的壓力成爲第2壓力時,則隆起的部分會通過 捲筒與皮帶4之間,而會在稍微鬆弛的狀態下被捲取而成 爲捲筒,使得隆起的部分消失。 在第2組側,即使是產生隆起的部分也是一樣β 又在捲取時,當因爲例如空壓缸2 6的壓力成第1壓 力’而使得在第1組側產生如上述般之隆起的部分6 5 a 而發生鬆弛連續地被捲取時,則與第1實施形態同樣地, 捲筒6 6,其中第1組側的半徑相較於第2組側會依序變 大而稍微成爲推拔狀,在此一時刻,由於捲筒輥3 5的位 置不變,因此在第1組側,皮帶4會被往下推。 在此,設在第1組側的最側端的皮帶4,亦即,在第 1 7圖中,設在最上方之皮帶4的極限開關8 6會被平板 2 8所推壓,而輸出成爲ON狀態的信號。 該信號則被傳達到控制裝置6 0 a,當Ο N狀態持續 —捲筒輥3 6,亦即捲筒6 6作1/4回轉的時間時,則 控制裝置6 0 a會將讓保持台5 1上升作動的信號輸出到 伺服馬達41。在此,捲筒輥35會上升,且捲筒66上 升,藉此,極限開關8 6會成爲OF F狀態,而當該狀態 持續一捲筒輥3 5,亦即,捲筒6 6作1/4回轉的時間 時,則控制裝置6 0 a會將讓保持台5 1停止上升的信號 輸出到伺服馬達4 1。 結果,捲筒6 6會朝上方平行移動,在該狀態下,當 捲筒6 6藉由皮帶4更被回轉而捲取單板6 5時,則單板 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐)~~. 42: ---------装------1T------0 (誚先閱讀背而之注意事項再本頁) 經濟部中央標準局貝工消t合作社印裝 A7 B? _ 五、發明説明4〇 ) 6 5會幾乎與捲筒輥3 5呈平行地依序地被捲取在成爲推 拔狀之捲筒6 6的外側,而在捲筒6 6的第1組側則比較 緊,而在第2組側則比較鬆地被捲取,而整個捲筒6 6的 推拔狀的形狀會被修正而大約成爲圓柱狀。 在成爲上述圓柱狀後,藉著更加捲取單板65,當捲 筒6 6的半徑依序變大時,則皮帶4以及接觸輥6會隨著 捲筒6 6的直徑變大而被往下推。 此,同樣地,皮帶4會隨著捲筒6 6的半徑變大而被 往下推,當至少其中一個極限開關8 6成爲ON狀態,而 被輸入到控制裝置6 0 a,且該ON的狀態持續一捲筒輥 3 5作1/4回轉的時間時,同樣地,會根據來自控制裝 置6 0 a的作動信號,讓2個公螺桿3 8回轉以使保持台 51上升,而讓捲筒上升。又當捲筒66上升,而自雙方 之極限開關8 6被輸入成爲OFF狀態的信號,且該狀態 同樣地持續一捲筒輥3 5作1/4回轉的時間,則會將控 制伺服馬達4 1的信號輸出到控制裝置6 0 a以讓2個公 螺桿3 8停止回轉。 如上所述般地來捲取單板,當捲筒的半徑成爲一定量 時,則與第1實施形態同樣地結束捲取,且予以捲回。 其次則說明本發明之第3實施形態。 在上述2個實施形態中,可以變更皮帶4壓接到捲筒 的力量,但是在第3實施形態中,則取代皮帶4改採輥( rollor)。以下請參照圖厍來說明· 第1 ’9圖係表捲取裝置之正面圖的部分說明圖,第 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標隼(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐)-43- ---------\於------ΪΤ------.^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再 0本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消资合作社印製 Μ ___ Β7____ 五、發明説明41 ) 2 0圖係表在第1 9圖之一點鎖線J _ J來看箭頭方向的 斷面說明圖》 在與上述2個實施形態同樣構成之捲筒輥3 5的下方 則設有輥9 0、9 1。 輥90、 91 ,則藉由軸承92來支撑其各自兩端的 軸而可以自由地從動回轉,各軸承9 2則藉由導引構件( 未圖示)被導引到上下方向,又空壓缸93、 94、 95 以及9 6的各活塞桿的前端則抵接在各軸承9 2。 更者,將皮帶97、 98掛在輥90、 91與可以自 由回轉驅動以及停止的輥(未圖示)之間,如第2 0圖所 示’讓皮帶97、 98朝箭頭方向行走,而讓輥90、 91朝箭頭方向回轉。 該些空壓缸則分成空壓缸93、 94與空壓缸95、 9 6等2個組,而如第2 1圖所示般地連接配管。亦即, 自用來得到壓縮空氣的空氣壓縮機76,經由減壓閥7 7 、78、 79以及80,將配管連接到作爲方向切換閥的 電磁閥8 1以及8 2,而電磁閥8 1連接到空壓缸9 3、 94’電磁閥82則連接到空壓缸95、 96。 藉由減壓閥7 7以及7 9將壓力控制成後述的第1壓 力、或是藉由減壓閥7 8以及8 0,將壓力控制成後述的 第2壓力。 上述所謂的第1壓力係指當壓縮空氣被注入到分成上 述2組之其中一組的例如空壓缸93、 94,而輥90藉 由皮帶9 7被壓接到捲筒輥3 5或是捲筒時,大約會以 本纸伕尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210X297公釐).44 - ---------^------ΐτ-------.^ (請先閱讀背而之注意事項再 VT本頁) 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明42 ) 2 0 k g的力量而壓接的壓力。 又所謂上述第2壓力,同樣地係指當壓縮空氣被注入 到其中一組的例如空壓缸9 3、9 4,而輥9 0藉由皮帶 9 7與捲筒輥3 5或捲筒6 6接觸時,則幾乎不會有力量 作用在捲筒輥3 5或是捲筒上的壓力。 又藉著將作動信號送到電磁閥8 1以及8 2,而使到 各空壓缸93、 94、 95、 96的吸氣閥關閉,且排氣 閥打開般地作動,而可以使得輥9 0、9 1經由皮帶9 7 、98而壓接到捲筒輥35或是捲筒66的力量成爲零》 另一方面,在輥9 0以及9 1的下方,則如第1 9圖 所示,設有作爲捲筒半徑檢測構件的極限開關9 9以及 1 0 0 ’當輥9 0以及9 1抵接到時,則會輸出檢出信號 ο 更者,爲了要補強單板,則將通常接觸到水分時會顯 現出黏著力而爲捲盤所捲取的橡膠帶(gum tape) l 〇 1 ,在第1 9圖中,配置在輥9 0之左側端部附近的上方與 輥91之右側端部附近的上方。 雖然其他未圖示,但是同樣地具備在第1實施形態中 之設在捲筒輥3 5之兩端的回轉軸3 5 a以及回轉輥3 5 a的軸承33,支柱36、軸承37、公螺桿38、傘齒 輪39、輥40,伺服馬達41,由旋轉編碼器等所構成 的檢測器42,支持台45、缺口部46、導引部47、 線性軸承4 8、保持台5 1·以及V字狀的支持部5 2。又 在讓皮帶97、 98行走之上述會回轉驅動的輥則設有與 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標筚(CNS ) A4現格(210X297公釐).45- ^------ir----- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再‘/>·,本頁) 經濟部中央標準局負工消费合作社印製 Λ7 —.____B? 五、發明説明43 ) 第1實施形態中之回轉計測器4 3同樣的回轉計測器(未 圖示)。 在該些構造中’則設有控制裝置6 0 b,會藉著輸入 來自操作者的手動信號、檢測器4 2、回轉計測器4 3以 及極限開關89,100的資料,而輸出使讓皮帶97、 98行走的馬達、伺服馬達41以及電磁閥81、 82作 如下之控制的信號。 亦即,當皮帶97、 98停止,且藉著保持台51下 降使捲筒輥3' 5也下降時,則當輥9 0、9 1被往下推, 而自2個極限開關99、100之至少一個接受到成爲 ON狀態的信號時,則如讓保持台5 1停止下降而接著上 升般地讓2個公螺桿3 8回轉,在該狀態下,若自極限開 關99、 100兩者皆接受到成爲OFF狀態的信號時, 則如使2個公螺桿3 8停止回轉般地輸出用來控制伺服馬 達4 1的信號。 又,根據來自操作者之手作業的輸入,如後所述,分 別單獨地輸出讓伺服馬達41朝希望的方向回轉的信號, 讓使皮帶97、 98行走的馬達作動的信號,如使各空壓 缸93、 94、 95、 96的吸氣閥關閉,且排氣閥打開 般地讓各電磁閥81、 82作動的信號、以及如將第1壓 力的壓縮空氣注入空壓缸93、 94,而將第2壓力的壓 縮空氣注入空壓缸95、 96般地讓各電磁閥81、 82 作動的信號。 又在皮帶97、 98行走的,則根據來自回轉計測器 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐)-46- ---------^------1T------.^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再本頁) 經濟部中央標準局貝工消费合作社印製 Λ7 B7 五、發明説明44 ) · 之皮帶97、 98之速度資料與以該速度行走之k帶97 、98的經過間的料來算出行走距離。則與第1實施形態 同樣地當所算出之行走距離成爲所設定之一定的距離,例 如5 0 Omm時,則將第2壓力的壓縮空氣注入到各空壓 缸9 3、9 4,另一方面,則將第1壓力的壓縮空氣注入 到各空壓缸95、 96,以下每當該行走距離達500 mm時,則如使各空壓缸93、 94及空壓缸95、 96 的壓力交互地變更般地將作動信號送到電磁閥8 1、8 2 ,而讓方向切換閥同時作動。 更者,當回轉計測器4 3 ·所檢測出之皮帶9 7、9 8 在每單位時間內之回轉數的信號被輸入時,則當自極限開 關99、 100之至少一者輸入成爲ON狀態的信號,且 當該ON狀態持續一捲筒輥3 5之所設定的一定回轉數, 例如作1 / 4回轉的時間時,則如使保持台5 1上升作動 般地讓2個公螺桿3 8回轉,在該狀態下,當自雙方之極 限開關99、 100輸入成爲OFF狀態的信號,且該 OF F狀態同樣地持續捲筒輥3 5作1/4回轉的時間時 ,則如使2個公螺桿3 8停止回轉般地送出控制伺服馬達 4 1的信號。 在此,捲筒輥3 5作1/4回轉的時間則與第1實施 形態同樣地求得。 控制裝置6 0則接受各種的信號,如上所述般地輸出 控制的信號· 第3實施形態則如上述般地構成,初始狀態則依下而 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標率(CNS ) A4規格(2丨0X297公釐)_ 47 - ---------装------IX------.^ {請先閱讀背面之注意事項再i?本頁) 經濟部中央橾準局貝工消费合作社印裝 A? B? 五、發明説明45 ) 準備。 藉由操作者的手操作來輸入,而自控制裝置6 0 b送 出信號,讓各電磁閥8 1,82作動,將第1壓力的壓縮 空氣注入各空壓缸93、 94,另一方面,則將第2壓力 的壓縮空氣注入到空壓缸95、 96,藉此,各空壓缸 93、 94、 95以及96的活塞桿則成爲伸出的狀態。 接著,則根據由手操作者之手作業來輸入,與第1實 施形態同樣地,在分別將捲筒輥3 5之兩端的軸承載置在 保持台5 1後,讓保持台5 1下降,而捲筒輥3 5會經由 皮帶97、 98抵接在輥90、 91 ,使得輥90、 91 被往下推。在此,輥90、 91會經由皮帶97、 98而 抵接到極限開關99、 100,使得2個極限開關99、 1 0 0成爲ON狀態,且該信號會被輸入到控制裝置6 0 b 〇 接受到該信號的控制裝置6 0 b,則與第1寳施形態 同樣地,會將讓保持台5 1停止下降,而接著上升的信號 輸出到伺服馬達4 1,而在捲筒輥3 5停止下降後才上升 〇 當捲筒輥35上升時,則2個極限開關99、 100 皆成爲OFF狀態,而接受到該信號的控制裝置60b, 同樣地會將讓保持台51停止上升的信號輸出到伺服馬達 4 1,而讓保持台5 1停止。 結果,輥90、 91則會在經由皮帶97、 98,而 分別依據上述力量而壓接或接觸於捲筒輥3 5的狀態下而 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS > A4規格(210X297公釐)~~· 48 - ---------装------1T------.^ (請先閱讀背而之注意事項再均本頁) Λ7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印装 五 、發明説明备6 ) 1 I 待機 〇 1 I 接 著 當 根 據 藉 由 操 作 者 之 手 作 業 的 輸 入 信 號 9 使得 1 1 I 掛 載 有 皮 帶 9 7 9 8 之 未 圖 示 的 輥 被 回 轉 驅 動 > 而 讓 皮 請 1 1 帶 9 7 9 8 行 走 時 > 則 捲 筒 輥 3 5 也 會 藉 由 皮 帶 9 7 、 先 閱 1 1 9 8 而 回 轉 0 1¾ 1 1 在 該 狀 態 下 » 則 根 據 與皮 帶 9 7 、 9 8 相 同 的 速 度 t 意 古 1 I 將 被 車 床 切削 之 連 績> 伏丨 的單板 1 2導引到皮帶9 7 Ψ 項 再 1 1 1 9 8 之 上 i 世 田 單 板 1 0 2 的 前 端 的 若 干 量 通 過 捲 筒 輥 3 5 Η 本 1 裝 與 皮 帶 9 7 > 9 8 之 間 的 時 刻 9 則 讓 車 床 以 及 皮 帶 9 7 頁 1 1 9 8 停 止 0 1 1 接 著 > 根 據 藉 由 操 作 者 之 手 作 業 的 輸 入 信 號 藉 著 關 1 I 閉 各 空 壓 缸 9 3 9 4 % 9 5 9 6 的 吸 氣 閥 中 止 注 入 1 訂 I 壓 縮 空 氣 > 且 打 開 排 氣 閥 將 在 各 空 壓 缸 內 的 壓 縮 空 氣 放 1 1 1 出 到 大 氣 中 , 而 使 各 空 壓 缸 9 3 % 9 4 、 9 5 % 9 6 的 壓 1 1 力 成 爲 零 〇 在 此 輥 9 0 9 1 會 藉 由 本 身 的 重 量 而 與 1 1 皮 帶 9 7 、 9 8 — 起 下 降 〇 之 後 則 藉 著 操 作 者 的 手 作 業 線 1 > 在 讓 上 述 已 通 過 之 單 扳 1 0 2 的 * 刖 端 抵 到 捲 筒 輥 3 5 之 1 I 周 面 的 狀 態 下 讓 捲 筒 輥 3 5 在 第 2 0 圖 中 朝 逆 時 鐘 方 向 1 1 回 轉 軸 而 讓 上 述 已 通 過 的 單 板 1 0 2 多 次 回 轉 而 捲 附 到 1 1 捲 筒 輥 3 5 上 P 1 1 接 著 同 樣 地 藉 由 手 作 業 將 以 皮 帶 9 7 > 9 8 上 的 黏 1 著 力 作 爲 上 側 的 橡 膠 帶 1 0 1 的 刖 端 > 如 第 2 0 圖 所 示 » 1 | 將 其 誘 導 抵 接 到 被 捲 附 到 捲 筒 輥 3 5 皮 帶 9 7 % 9 8 以 1 1 及捲筒輥 3 5 之部分的單板 1 ( 〕2的下面, 而藉由 單板 1 1 1 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標窣(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 經濟部中央標準局貝工消费合作社印裝 A7 _B7 五、發明説明47 ) 1 0 2的水分被接著。 接著根據藉由操作者之手作業的輸入信號,再度讓各 電磁閥81、 82作動,當將第1壓力的壓縮空氣注入到 空壓缸93、 94,而另一方面,將第2壓力的壓縮空氣 注入到空壓缸95、 96時,則輥90、 91會上升,而 成爲藉由上述的力量經由皮帶97、 98而壓接或接觸於 捲筒輥3 5的狀態。 在該狀態下,當再度開始利用車床來切削單板以及讓 皮帶9 7、9 行走時,則單板10 2會一邊被橡膠帶 1 0 1所接著,而一邊爲捲筒輥3 5所捲取,而使得捲筒 « 6 6的半徑逐漸變大。 又根據皮帶97、 98的行走,控制裝置60b會同 樣地演算行走距離,而當該算出的行走距離達5 0 0mm 時,則如將第2壓力的壓縮空氣注入空壓缸9 3、9 4, 而另一方面,將第1壓力的壓縮空氣注入空壓缸9 5、 9 6般地將信號送到各電磁閥8 1、8 2,而讓方向切換 閥同時地作動,以下每當該行走距離達5 0 0mm時,則 空壓缸93、 94與空壓缸95、 96的壓力會交互地變 更。 結果,即使在捲取單板時產生隆起的部分,藉著與上 述2個實施形態同樣的作用,可以毫無阻礙地捲取。 當繼續捲取時,雖然捲筒6 6的半徑會依序變大,由 於捲筒輥3 5的位置與上述2個實施形態同樣沒有改變, 因此,輥90、 91會被往下推,而極限開關99、 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標隼(CNS ) A4ii格(210X297公釐)~. 50 - ---------装------IX------^ {請先閱讀背面之注意事項再彳巧本頁) 經濟部中央榡準局貝工消贤合作社印聚 Λ7 B7 五、發明説明48 ) 100會輸出檢知信號。來自該極限開關99、 100的 檢知信號,同樣地若持續一捲筒輥3 5作1/4回轉的時 間時,則保持台5 1會根據來自控制裝置6 0 b的作動信 號而上升,因爲該上升,2個極限開關99、 100皆變 成不會輸出檢知信號,當該狀態同樣地持續—捲筒輥3 5 作1/4回轉的時間時,則保持台5 1會根據來自控制裝 置6 Ob而停止上升。 如上所述,當單板1 0 2被捲成捲筒狀,而捲筒6 6 成爲一定的半徑時,則車床以及皮帶97、 98會停止作 動,而藉由與第1 6圖同樣的裝置,在一定的位置捲回捲 筒66。但是在本實施形態中,爲了要補強單板,乃取代 線而改將橡膠帶1 0 1在接著在單板1 0 2之狀態下而捲 取,因此不必要回收橡膠帶1 0 1,而不使用線軸7 2。 以上雖然說明本發明的實施形態,但是也可以如下述 般地變更。 1 .在上述第1至第3實施形態中,雖然是以第2壓 力將皮帶4或皮帶9 7、9 8接觸於捲筒6 6,但是也不 一定要接觸,例如在第1實施形態中,則不將第2壓力的 壓縮空氣注入到空壓缸2 6,而也可以如第2 2圖所示般 ,在皮帶4與捲筒6 6之間形成間隙。 2 ·在第1或第2實施形態中,雖然將皮帶4壓接到 捲筒輥3 5或捲筒6 6的構造,係如第4圖所示,將滑輪 3固定到回轉軸2,而在掛設在該滑輪3之皮帶4的背面 則設有平板2 8,讓空壓缸2 6的活塞桿2 6 a抵接到該 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X297公釐)· 51 _ ---------^-- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再,..,?本頁)、 1T line A7 ___B7 V. Description of the invention 轫) Forced compressed air is injected into each of the air cylinders 2 of the second group. Below, whenever the walking distance reaches 50 mm, if the first group and the second group are made, The pressure of each of the air cylinders 26 is changed alternately so that the operation signals are sent to the solenoid valves 81 and 82, and the direction switching valves are operated simultaneously. Furthermore, when a signal of the number of revolutions per unit time of the rotary shaft 2 detected by the rotary measuring device 4 3 is input, when at least one of the limit switches 8 6 is input with a signal that turns on, and when This on state is continued for a certain number of revolutions set by the reel roller 35. For example, when making a 1/4 revolution time, the two male screws 3 8 are rotated as if the holding table 51 is moved upward. In this state, Next, when the signal of the OF F state is input from the limit switches 86 of the two sides, and the OF F state is also continued for the 1/4 rotation time of the roll roller 35, the two male screws 3 8 are stopped. A signal for controlling the servo motor 41 is sent in a rotating manner. Here, the time during which the reel roll 35 is rotated 1/4 is obtained in the same manner as in the first embodiment. The control device 60 receives various signals, and outputs the control signals as described above. "Industrial Printing Co., Ltd., Shellfish Consumer Cooperative, Central Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back page 4) It is structured as described above, and the initial state is prepared as follows. It is input by the operator's hand operation, and a signal is sent from the control device 60 to cause each solenoid valve 8 1, 82 to actuate, and inject compressed air of the first pressure into each of the air cylinders 2 6 of the first group. For the aspect, the second pressure of compressed air is injected into each of the air cylinders 2 of the second group 2 6 «Then, it is input by the operator's hand, and the servo motor's paper size applies the Chinese national standard 2MCNS) A4 said格 (210X297mm) -39- Impression Λ7 ____ B? By the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 贝 ___ ____ B? V. Description of the invention;) 4 1 action 'turn 2 male screws 3 8 and let the holding table 5 1 self The position shown in FIG. 1 is moved to a certain position above, and after the standstill is stopped, the bearings 3 3 at both ends of the roll roller 35 are placed on the holding table 5 1 to support the contact roller 35. Then, the servo motor 41 is actuated similarly by inputting by the operator's hand, the two male screws 38 are rotated in opposite directions to the above, and the holding table 51 is lowered. Here, the reel roller 35 abuts on the belt 4 as shown in FIG. 18 and pushes the belt 4 downward. By pushing the belt 4 down, the limit switch 86 is turned on, and this signal is input to the control device 60a. Here, the control device 60a, as described above, will let the holding table 5 1 The descent is stopped, and then the rising signal is output to the servo motor 41, and it rises after the roll roller 35 stops descent. When the reel roller 35 is raised, the limit switch 86 will soon be in the 0 FF state, and the control device 60 that received this signal will output the signal to stop the holder 5 1 from rising as described above. The motor 41 stops the holding table 51. As a result, the belt 4 and the reel roller 35 are waiting according to the positional relationship shown in FIG. 18 shown by the solid line. In addition, in this state, the piston rod 2 6 a of the air cylinder 26 does not protrude from the cylinder as a whole, and even if the reel roller 3 5 rises slightly from this state, the piston rod 2 6 a follows More prominently, the belt 4 can be continuously crimped onto the reel roller 35. After the above initial state is set, winding is performed as described below. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) _ 40---------- Refer to -------- ir ------ 1 Note on this page) Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Shellfish Consumer Cooperative A7 B7 V. Description of the invention) • In Figure 18, the nozzle 31 is waiting for the initial position shown by the two-point lock line. In the state, in accordance with the input signal by the operator's hand, as in the first embodiment, after the line 30 is supplied from the nozzle 31, the nozzle 31 is moved in the same manner, and the solid line in FIG. 18 is shown. Wait at the position shown. In this state, after the damping body is similarly crimped to the line 30 according to the input signal operated by the operator's hand, the rotation shaft 2 is driven to rotate, the pulley 3 is rotated, and the belt 4 is directed toward the arrow Directional walking ', and the reel roller 35 is rotated by the traveling and walking of the belt 4. The control device 6 0 a calculates the walking distance based on the rotation of the rotary shaft 2 in the same way. When the calculated walking distance reaches 500 mm, the operating signal is sent to the solenoid valves 8 1 and 8 2 ', and the pressure of the air cylinder 26 of one of the first group and the second group will become the first pressure, and the pressure of the other air cylinder 26 will become the second pressure, and this state will interact To change. In the above-mentioned state, the veneer 65 is guided to the belt 4. As in the first embodiment, the veneer 65 is guided by the line 30, and one side is positioned on the outside. The winding line 30 is integrated into one, and the winding device that is sequentially wound by the rotating roll roller 35 is turned into a winding device β or more. As in the first embodiment, the first group and the first group are changed. The pressure of each of the two groups of air cylinders 26, so the above-mentioned conventional problems such as those in the scope of patent application are also solved in the same way. That is, due to the influence of the material of the veneer 65, for example, the pressure of each of the air cylinders 26 becomes the first group of the first pressure. In the first embodiment, --------- 1- ----- ix ------. ^ (Please read the precautions on the back before ... this page) This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) -41-Μ 济Printed by the Central Standards Bureau Shellfish Consumer Cooperative Λ7 B7 V. Description of the buckle) As shown in Figure 15, even if there is a raised part, when the pressure of each air cylinder 26 in the first group becomes the second pressure At this time, the raised portion will pass between the reel and the belt 4 and will be wound into a roll in a slightly relaxed state, so that the raised portion disappears. On the side of the second group, even the raised portion is the same β. When it is being rolled up, when, for example, the pressure of the air cylinder 26 becomes the first pressure ', a raised portion as described above is generated on the side of the first group. When the part 6 5 a is slackly and continuously wound up, as in the first embodiment, the roll 6 6 in which the radius of the first group side becomes larger in sequence than the second group side and becomes slightly At the moment, since the position of the reel roller 35 is not changed, the belt 4 is pushed down on the first group side. Here, the belt 4 provided at the outermost end of the first group side, that is, in FIG. 17, the limit switch 8 6 of the belt 4 provided at the top is pushed by the flat plate 2 8 and the output becomes Signal in the ON state. This signal is transmitted to the control device 60 a. When the 0 N state continues—the reel roller 36, that is, the reel 6 6 makes a quarter-turn time, the control device 6 a will make the holding table The signal of 5 1 rising operation is output to the servo motor 41. Here, the reel roller 35 will rise and the reel 66 will rise, whereby the limit switch 8 6 will become the OF F state, and when this state continues for one reel roller 3 5, that is, the reel 6 6 becomes 1 At the time of / 4 rotation, the control device 60a outputs a signal to stop the holding table 51 to rise to the servomotor 41. As a result, the roll 66 will move upward in parallel. In this state, when the roll 6 6 is further rotated by the belt 4 and the veneer 65 is taken up, the paper size of the veneer applies the Chinese national standard (CNS ) A4 specification (210X297mm) ~~. 42: --------- installation ------ 1T ------ 0 (read the precautions before reading this page) Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Co., Ltd., A7 B? _ V. Description of the invention 4 0) 6 5 will be taken up in parallel with the roll roller 3 5 in order to form a push-type roll The outer side of 6 6 is tighter on the first group side of the reel 6 6 and is loosely wound on the second group side, and the push-like shape of the entire reel 6 6 will be corrected and Approximately cylindrical. After the cylindrical shape is obtained, the veneer 65 is further wound. When the radius of the roll 66 increases in sequence, the belt 4 and the contact roller 6 are moved toward the larger diameter of the roll 66. Push down. Therefore, similarly, the belt 4 will be pushed down as the radius of the reel 6 6 becomes larger. When at least one of the limit switches 8 6 is turned on, it is input to the control device 6 0 a, and the ON When the state lasts for one quarter of the reel roll 35, the two male screws 38 will be rotated in accordance with the operating signal from the control device 60a to make the holding table 51 rise, and the roll Tube rises. And when the reel 66 rises, and the limit switch 86 from both sides is inputted to the OFF state signal, and this state continues for one reel roller 35 to make 1/4 rotation time, the servo motor 4 will be controlled The signal of 1 is output to the control device 60a to stop the rotation of the two male screws 38. The veneer is wound up as described above, and when the radius of the roll becomes a certain amount, the winding is ended in the same manner as in the first embodiment, and it is wound back. Next, a third embodiment of the present invention will be described. In the above two embodiments, the force with which the belt 4 is crimped to the reel can be changed, but in the third embodiment, the belt 4 is replaced with a rollor. Please refer to Figure 厍 for illustration. Figure 1 '9 is a part of the front view of the watch winding device. The paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) -43-- -------- \ 于 ------ ΪΤ ------. ^ (Please read the precautions on the back before 0 pages) Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ___ Β7 ____ V. Description of the invention 41) 2 0 is a sectional explanatory view of the direction of the arrow at the point of the lock line J _ J at one of the 19th drawings. "In the roll roller 3 5 of the same configuration as the above two embodiments There are rollers 90 and 91 below. The rollers 90 and 91 can be freely rotated by supporting the shafts at both ends by bearings 92, and each of the bearings 92 is guided to the up-and-down direction by a guide member (not shown), and air pressure is applied. The front ends of the piston rods of the cylinders 93, 94, 95, and 96 are in contact with the bearings 92. Further, the belts 97 and 98 are hung between the rollers 90 and 91 and a roller (not shown) that can be driven and stopped freely. As shown in FIG. 20, 'the belts 97 and 98 are allowed to walk in the direction of the arrow, and Turn the rollers 90, 91 in the direction of the arrow. The air cylinders are divided into two groups, such as air cylinders 93 and 94, air cylinders 95 and 96, and the piping is connected as shown in FIG. 21. That is, from the air compressor 76 for obtaining compressed air, the piping is connected to the solenoid valves 8 1 and 8 2 as directional switching valves through the pressure reducing valves 7 7, 78, 79, and 80, and the solenoid valve 8 1 is connected To the air cylinder 9 3, 94 'solenoid valve 82 is connected to the air cylinder 95, 96. The pressure is controlled to the first pressure described later by the pressure reducing valves 7 7 and 79, or the pressure is controlled to the second pressure described later by the pressure reducing valves 78 and 80. The above-mentioned first pressure means that when compressed air is injected into one of the two groups, for example, air cylinders 93 and 94, and the roller 90 is pressed to the reel roller 35 by a belt 97, or When it is rolled, it will be applied to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) at the paper scale. 44---------- ^ ------ ΐτ ----- -. ^ (Please read the back notice first and then VT this page) Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shellfish Consumer Cooperative, printed A7 B7 V. Invention Description 42) Pressure of 20 kg. The so-called second pressure also means that when compressed air is injected into one of the groups, for example, air cylinders 9 3, 9 4 and the roller 9 0 is connected with the belt 9 7 and the reel roller 3 5 or the reel 6 6 contact, there is almost no force on the roll roller 35 or the pressure on the roll. By sending the operating signals to the solenoid valves 8 1 and 8 2, the suction valves to the air cylinders 93, 94, 95, and 96 are closed, and the exhaust valves are actuated as they are opened, so that the roller 9 can be made. 0, 9 1 The force of crimping to the reel roll 35 or the reel 66 through the belts 9 7 and 98 becomes zero. On the other hand, below the rolls 90 and 91, as shown in FIG. 19 It is equipped with limit switches 9 9 and 1 0 0 as the roll radius detection member. When the rollers 9 0 and 9 1 abut, it will output a detection signal. Furthermore, in order to strengthen the single board, it will usually be When it comes in contact with moisture, it will show adhesive force and the gum tape l 〇1 rewound by the reel. In Fig. 19, it is arranged above the left end of the roller 90 near the roller 91 and the roller 91. Near the right end. Although not shown in the figure, the bearing 33, the pillar 36, the bearing 37, and the male screw provided in the first embodiment with the rotation shaft 3 5a and the rotation roller 3 5a provided at both ends of the reel roller 35 are similarly provided. 38. Bevel gear 39, roller 40, servo motor 41, a detector 42 composed of a rotary encoder, a support table 45, a notch portion 46, a guide portion 47, a linear bearing 4 8, a holding table 5 1 ·, and V Character-shaped support section 5 2. In addition, the above-mentioned revolving rollers for the belts 97 and 98 to travel are provided with the Chinese national standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) that conforms to the paper size. 45- ^ ------ ir- ---- (Please read the precautions on the back before '/ > ·, this page) Printed by the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Consumer Cooperatives Λ7 —.____ B? V. Description of Invention 43) In the first embodiment The gyrometer 4 3 is the same gyrometer (not shown). In these structures, 'the control device 6 0 b is provided, which inputs the manual signal from the operator, the detector 4 2, the rotation measuring device 4 3, and the limit switches 89, 100 to output the output belt The traveling motors 97, 98, servo motor 41, and solenoid valves 81, 82 make the following control signals. That is, when the belts 97 and 98 are stopped and the reel roller 3 ′ 5 is also lowered by the lowering of the holding table 51, when the rollers 90 and 91 are pushed down, the two limit switches 99 and 100 When at least one of them receives a signal to be in the ON state, the two male screws 3 8 are rotated as if the holding table 51 stops falling and then rises. In this state, if both the limit switches 99 and 100 are turned When a signal to turn OFF is received, a signal for controlling the servo motor 41 is outputted as if the two male screws 38 are stopped. In addition, based on the input from the operator's hand, as will be described later, a signal for turning the servo motor 41 in a desired direction is separately output, and a signal for operating the motors that move the belts 97 and 98 is operated. Signals that the intake valves of the pressure cylinders 93, 94, 95, and 96 are closed, and the exhaust valves are opened, and the solenoid valves 81 and 82 are activated, and compressed air of the first pressure is injected into the air pressure cylinders 93 and 94, In addition, the compressed air of the second pressure is injected into the air cylinders 95 and 96 to signal the solenoid valves 81 and 82 to operate. Those who are walking on the belts 97 and 98 apply the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) according to the paper size from the gyroscope. -46- --------- ^ ----- -1T ------. ^ (Please read the notes on the back first, then this page) Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Printed by Coopers Co., Ltd. Λ7 B7 V. Invention Description 44) · Belt 97, 98 speed data The travel distance was calculated from the material passing through the k-belts 97 and 98 traveling at this speed. Then, as in the first embodiment, when the calculated walking distance becomes a predetermined distance, for example, 50 mm, the compressed air of the second pressure is injected into each of the air cylinders 9 3, 9 4 and the other On the other hand, compressed air of the first pressure is injected into each of the air cylinders 95 and 96. When the following travel distance reaches 500 mm, the pressure of each of the air cylinders 93 and 94 and the air cylinders 95 and 96 is increased. The operation signals are alternately changed to the solenoid valves 8 1 and 8 2, and the direction switching valves are operated simultaneously. Furthermore, when the signal of the number of revolutions per unit time of the belt measuring device 4 3 · detected belt 9 7, 9 8 is input, when at least one of the limit switches 99 and 100 is input, it is turned on. Signal, and when the ON state continues for a certain number of revolutions set by the reel roller 35, for example, for one quarter of the revolution time, let the two male screws 3 act as if the holding table 51 is raised. 8 turns. In this state, when the signal of turning off is input from the limit switches 99 and 100 of both sides, and the OF F state is the same as the roll roller 3 5 for 1/4 turn time, if you make 2 Each of the male screws 38 sends a signal to control the servo motor 41 as it stops rotating. Here, the time for the 1/4 rotation of the roll roller 35 is obtained in the same manner as in the first embodiment. The control device 60 receives various signals and outputs control signals as described above. The third embodiment is structured as described above, and the initial state is based on this paper standard. The China National Standards (CNS) A4 standard applies. (2 丨 0X297mm) _ 47---------- Installation ------ IX ------. ^ {Please read the precautions on the back before i? This page) Economy Printed A? B? By the Central Bureau of Standards and Quarantine of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the People's Republic of China. 5. Description of Invention 45) Preparation. It is input by the operator's manual operation, and a signal is sent from the control device 60b, and each solenoid valve 8 1,82 is actuated, and compressed air of the first pressure is injected into each of the air cylinders 93 and 94. Then, the compressed air of the second pressure is injected into the air cylinders 95 and 96, whereby the piston rods of the air cylinders 93, 94, 95, and 96 are extended. Next, based on input by a hand operator's hand, as in the first embodiment, after the bearings at both ends of the roll roller 35 are placed on the holding table 51, the holding table 51 is lowered. The roll roller 35 will abut against the rollers 90 and 91 via the belts 97 and 98, so that the rollers 90 and 91 are pushed down. Here, the rollers 90 and 91 contact the limit switches 99 and 100 via the belts 97 and 98, so that the two limit switches 99 and 100 are turned on, and the signal is input to the control device 60b. Upon receiving this signal, the control device 6 0 b will stop the lowering of the holding table 5 1 and output a rising signal to the servo motor 4 1 as in the case of the first Bao Shi mode. After the descent has stopped, it rises. When the reel roller 35 rises, both limit switches 99 and 100 are turned OFF. The control device 60b that receives this signal will also output a signal to stop the holding table 51 from rising. Go to the servo motor 4 1 and let the holding table 5 1 stop. As a result, the rollers 90 and 91 are in a state of being crimped or contacted with the roll roller 35 through the belts 97 and 98 according to the above-mentioned forces, respectively, and the Chinese paper standard (CNS > A4 specification (210X297) (Mm) ~~ · 48---------- Installation ------ 1T ------. ^ (Please read the precautions on the back first and then the page) Λ7 B7 Economy Printed by the Consumer Standards Cooperative of the Ministry of Standards of the People's Republic of China 5. Inventory description 6) 1 I Standby 0 1 I Then when the input signal 9 is operated by the operator's hand, 1 1 I is mounted with a belt 9 7 9 8 The roller shown in the figure is driven by rotation > while letting the belt 1 1 with 9 7 9 8 when walking > the reel roller 3 5 will also rotate through the belt 9 7, read 1 1 9 8 first 0 1¾ 1 1 In this state »according to the same speed t as the belts 9 7, 9 8 t Italy 1 I will be cut by the lathe > volts veneer 1 2 to the belt 9 7 Ψ item 1 1 1 9 8 on i Setia veneer 1 The amount of the front end of 0 2 passes the reel roller 3 5 Η The time between the 1 and the belt 9 7 > 9 8 then let the lathe and the belt 9 7 page 1 1 9 8 stop 0 1 1 then > according to The input signal operated by the operator ’s hand stops the injection of the air cylinder by closing 1 I 9 9 9 4% 9 5 9 6 to stop the injection of 1 order I compressed air > and opening the exhaust valve will The compressed air in the air cylinder is put into the atmosphere 1 1 1 and the pressure 1 1 of each air cylinder 9 3% 9 4, 95% 9 6 becomes zero. The roller 9 0 9 1 will borrow From its own weight, it goes up and down with 1 1 belts 9 7 and 98. After that, it is operated by the operator's hand. 1 > Let the * 刖 end of the passed single pull 1 0 2 abut the roll. Roller 3 5 1 I Let the roll roller 3 5 rotate in the counterclockwise direction 1 1 in the state of the peripheral surface, and let the above passed The veneer 1 0 2 turns and is wound on 1 1 of the reel roller 3 5 on the P 1 1. Then, by the same operation, the adhesive force on the belt 9 7 > 9 8 is used as the upper rubber belt 1. 1 端 of 0 1 > as shown in Fig. 2 »1 | induce it against the part of the reel roll 3 5 which is wound up to the reel roll 3 5 belt 9 7% 9 8 Under the veneer 1 () 2, the paper size of the veneer 1 1 1 is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm). Printed by the Bayer Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. A7 _B7 5. DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION 47) The moisture of 10 2 is adhered. Then, according to the input signal operated by the operator, the solenoid valves 81 and 82 are activated again. When the compressed air of the first pressure is injected into the air cylinders 93 and 94, on the other hand, the compressed air of the second pressure is injected. When the compressed air is injected into the air cylinders 95 and 96, the rollers 90 and 91 are raised, and are brought into contact with the roll roller 35 through the belts 97 and 98 by the aforementioned force. In this state, when the lathe is started to cut the veneer again and the belts 9 7 and 9 are allowed to walk, the veneer 10 2 will be followed by the rubber belt 1 0 1 and rolled by the roll roller 3 5 Take it, so that the radius of the reel «6 6 gradually increases. According to the walking of the belts 97 and 98, the control device 60b calculates the walking distance similarly. When the calculated walking distance reaches 500 mm, if the compressed air of the second pressure is injected into the air cylinder 9 3, 9 4 On the other hand, the compressed air of the first pressure is injected into the air cylinders 9 5 and 96 to send signals to the solenoid valves 8 1 and 8 2 and the direction switching valves are activated simultaneously. When the walking distance is 500 mm, the pressures of the air cylinders 93 and 94 and the air cylinders 95 and 96 are changed alternately. As a result, even if a raised portion is generated when the veneer is rolled up, it can be rolled up without any hindrance by the same effect as in the two embodiments described above. When the winding is continued, although the radius of the roll 66 will increase in order, since the position of the roll roller 35 is the same as the above two embodiments, the rolls 90 and 91 will be pushed down, and Limit switch 99. This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4ii grid (210X297 mm) ~. 50---------- Installation ------ IX ------ ^ {Please read the precautions on the back first, and then copy this page) Yin Ju Λ7 B7, Cooperative Association of Bei Gong Xiaoxian Cooperative of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the People's Republic of China V. Invention Description 48) 100 will output detection signal. Similarly, if the detection signals from the limit switches 99 and 100 are continued for one quarter of the reel roll 35, the holding table 51 will rise according to the operation signal from the control device 60b. Because of this rise, the two limit switches 99 and 100 will not output detection signals. When this state continues the same—the reel roller 3 5 makes 1/4 rotation time, then the holding table 5 1 will be controlled according to the control. Device 6 Ob and stop rising. As described above, when the veneer 10 2 is rolled into a roll shape and the roll 6 6 has a certain radius, the lathe and the belts 97 and 98 are stopped, and the same device as in FIG. 16 is used. Rewind the reel 66 at a certain position. However, in this embodiment, in order to reinforce the veneer, instead of winding the wire, the rubber tape 1 0 1 is wound up in the state of the veneer 10 2, so it is not necessary to recover the rubber tape 1 0 1, and Do not use spools 7 2. Although the embodiment of the present invention has been described above, it may be changed as follows. 1. In the above-mentioned first to third embodiments, although the belt 4 or the belts 9 7 and 9 8 are brought into contact with the reel 66 by the second pressure, they are not necessarily contacted, for example, in the first embodiment Then, instead of injecting the compressed air of the second pressure into the air cylinder 26, a gap may be formed between the belt 4 and the reel 6 6 as shown in FIG. 22. 2 · In the first or second embodiment, although the belt 4 is crimped to the reel roller 35 or the reel 66, the pulley 3 is fixed to the rotary shaft 2 as shown in FIG. On the back of the belt 4 hanging on the pulley 3, a flat plate 2 8 is provided, so that the piston rod 2 6 a of the air cylinder 26 is abutted on the paper standard applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210X297). 51) · 51 _ --------- ^-(Please read the precautions on the back first, then, ..., this page)

*1T 線 經濟部中央標準局貝工消费合作社印製 Λ7 B7 五、發明説明) 平板2 8,但是也可以依下而構成》 亦即,如側面說明圖的第2 3圖以及從第2 3圖之一 點鎖線L 一 L的斷面來看箭頭方向的說明圖的第2 4圖所 示’將掛設有皮帶4的滑輪1 0 5,經由軸承(未圖示) 設在滑輪台1〇6上而可自由回轉》滑輪106,則藉由 設&基台(未圖示)的導引構件被導引到上下方向或是在 滑輪台1 0 6的下方設置空壓缸1 0 8,藉著注入所設定 之壓力的壓縮空氣,讓活塞桿1 〇 8 a的前端抵接到滑輪 台 10 6。 又,如第24圖所示,將齒輪109固定在滑輪 1 0 5的回轉軸上,而將附有的皮帶1 1 2掛設在位於設 在一定的位置,而被固定到回轉軸1 1 0之齒輪1 1 1之 間。 結果,即使滑輪1 0 5上下動,也會經常藉由附有齒 的皮帶1 12而回轉,藉著行走的皮帶4被壓接到捲筒輥 3 5,而讓捲筒輥3 5回轉。 而必要數目的以上的構造則被設在與皮帶4之行走方 向呈垂直相交的方向上。 此外,注入到空壓缸1 0 8之壓縮空氣的壓力,則皮 帶4被壓接到捲筒輥3 5的力量則分別被設定成對第1或 第2實施形態爲必要的力量。 又爲了要檢測出捲筒的半徑變大,且皮帶4被往下推 一定量情形,在本變形例中,最好將極限開關配置在與捲 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS > A4規格(210X297公釐)-52- I I I I —訂 I n n I ^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再本頁) 經濟部中央橾準局員工消费合作社印裝 A7 ___ B? 五、發明説明釦 ) . 筒輥3 5或捲筒互相接觸的皮帶4的下方。 3 .在第1至第3實施形態中,將作爲行走體的皮帶 4或97、 98壓接到捲筒輥35的壓接構件,雖然是使 用空壓缸26、93、94、95、96,但是也可以取 代空壓缸,而改採以下的構造。 1 1 6爲位在平板2 8的下方,相對於各平板2 8而 設的回動板,而藉由各軸承1 1 7被支撑成可自由回動。 將壓縮彈簧118的下端固定在各回動板116之前端的 上面,而讓該壓縮彈簧1 1 8的上端抵接到平板2 8的下 面。將藉由軸承(未圖示),而在一定的位置被支撑成可 自由回動,且藉由伺服馬達(未圖示)可以自由回動停止 的回轉軸1 1 9,沿著1 6條皮帶4配置在與皮帶4之行 走方向呈垂直相交的方向上。 在回轉軸1 1 9,在與2第實施形態所示之第1組之 各皮帶4的平板2 8相對的位置則固定有第2 5圖所示之 形狀的凸輪1 2 0,或是在與第2實施形態所示之第2組 之各皮帶4的平板2 8相對的位置則固定有如第2 6圖所 示之凸輪1 2 0已呈半回轉狀態的凸輪1 2 1。 在該狀態下,在第1組中,回動板1 1 6會被凸 1 2 0所上舉,由於壓縮彈簧1 1 8被壓縮,因此會有大 的力量施加在平板2 8上,而皮帶4會被大的力量壓接在 捲筒輥3 5上。另一方面,在第2組中,回動板1 1 6被 凸輪1 2 0上舉的量會變小.,由於壓縮彈簧1 1 8被壓縮 的量少,因此,小的力量會施加在平板2 8,而皮帶4會 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐)-53- ---------¾.------1T------0 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再彡耗本页) 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印製 Λ7 ___B? __ 五、發明説明0 ) 以小的力量被壓接到捲筒輥3 5上。此外,由壓縮彈簧 1 1 8被壓縮所得到的力量以及自被壓縮狀態而伸長所得 到的力量的大小,則可以藉著適當地決定壓縮彈簧1 1 8 之彈簧當數以及凸輪120、 121的形狀來決定。 在以上的構造中,當皮帶4例如行走5 0 〇mm時’ 則同樣地根據來自控制裝置(未圖示)的信號,讓伺服馬 達作動,而讓回轉軸119呈半回轉而停止。在此,在第 1組中,由於凸輪1 2 0成爲第2 6圖的凸輪1 2 1的狀 態,且壓縮彈簧1 1 8會伸長,因此皮帶4會以小的力量 被壓接到捲筒輥3 5上、或在第2組中,由於凸輪1 2 1 成爲第2 5圖的凸輪1 2 0的狀態,且壓縮彈簧1 1 8會 收縮,因此,皮帶4會以大的力量被壓接到捲筒輥3 5上 〇 以下同樣地,在皮帶4每行走5 0 0mm時,根據來 自控制裝置的信號,讓回轉軸1 1 9作半回轉而停止,而 使第1組以及第2組的皮帶4被壓接到捲筒輥3 5上的力 量能夠交互地設成大或小。 使用該壓縮彈簧1 1 8的機構,在上述第2 3、2 4 圖中所示之變形例中依下而構成。 取1代第2 3圖所示之構造的空壓缸1 〇 8,如第 27圖所示,藉由第25、 26圖所示之回動板116、 軸承1 1 7、壓縮彈簧1 1 8、軸承(未圖示)被支撑在 —定的位置而自由回動,且配置可以藉著伺服馬達(未圖 示)而自由回動停止的回轉軸1 1 9以及凸輪1 2 0或 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐)~.54. ---------扣衣------ir------^ {誚先閱讀背面之注意事項再.,Γ本頁) 經濟部中央標準局貝工消费合作杜印策 Λ7 __· _B? 五、發明説明釦) 12 2。 所使用的皮帶4,與上述同樣地分成第1組與第2組 ,而使凸輪1 2 0或1 2 1在偏移半回轉的狀態下固定到 各組的皮帶4上。 4 .在以上的說明中,對於以一定的力量使皮帶4、 97、 98等的行走體壓接到捲筒輥35的空壓缸26、 93、 94、 95、 96或壓縮彈簧118與凸輪120 、12 1之組合等之壓接構件的力置,雖然每次皮帶4.、 97、 98之行走距離達500mm時會交互地切換,但 是該行走距離也可以根據單板的材質、厚度等而適當地變 更。 5.在前項4之壓接構件的力量並非是皮帶4、9 7 、9 8的行走距離,但同樣地也可以根據自控制裝置所輸 出的作動信號,每經事先所設定的時間,例如2秒而切換 〇 6 .在第1以及第2實施形態中,雖然將皮帶4分成 2個組,而使各組整個空壓缸2 6的壓力交互地切換,但 是同樣地也可以將自2組之與皮帶行走方向呈垂直相交之 方向的外側開始算來適當數目之皮帶的空壓缸2 6的壓力 切換成第1壓力或第2壓力,至於其他空壓缸2 6的壓力 則設成第1壓力的2分之1左右,而經常爲相同的壓力。 7 .在第1至第3實施形態中,雖然將壓接構件的力 量設成較大的第1壓力,,而將空壓缸26 ,93,94, 9 5,9'6的壓力如上述般地設.定,但是該値也可以根據 ---------^-------?τ------^ (請先閱讀背面之注意^項再V 本頁) 本紙张尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ297公釐) -55- 經濟部中央標孪扃負工消费合作社印製 A7 __B7 五、發明説明釭 ) 單板的材質、厚度等而適當變更》 8 .在第1至第3實施形態以及上述變形例中,有關 信號發出構件的一例,係根據在皮帶4等之行走體每次達 —定的行走距離時所發出的信號,對於空壓缸2 6、Μ縮 彈簧1 1 8等之壓接構件的力量,其中成爲第1壓力的壓 力構件會被切換成第2壓力,或是成爲第2壓力的壓力構 件會同時被切換成第1壓力,但是在自信號發出構件發出 信號時,也可以如下述般地變更壓力。 亦即,當送出該信號時,則將成爲第2壓力的壓力構 件切換成第1壓力,在暫時使所有的壓接構件變成第1壓 力後,則當在送出該信號時會將成爲第1壓力的壓力構件 切換成第2壓力,而接著自信號發出構件發出信號時,同 樣地在此一時刻,會將成爲第2壓力的壓力構件切換成第 1壓力,在暫時使所有的壓接構件變成第1壓力後,則在 送出該信號時,會將成爲第1壓力的壓力構件切換成第2 壓力,以下則同樣地變更壓力。 9 .在第1至第3實施形態以及上述變形例中’信號 發出信號的一例,也可以根據在皮帶4等之行走體每次達 一定的距離時所發出的信號,將空壓缸2 6、壓縮空氣 118等之壓接構件的力量如下述般地變更壓力。 亦即,例如將所有之壓接構件的壓力設爲上述第1壓 力,在每次自信號發出構件發出信號時,會在一定的時間 內使所有之壓接構件的壓力減少或成爲零。 如此般即使是變更壓接構件的力量,在第1 5圖中在 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標率(CNS ) Α4規格(210X297公釐).56- 1111 ΐ衣 訂·~ -^1 線 (请先閱讀背而之ii意事項再,.Η本頁) 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 Λ7 _^_B7 _ _ 五、發明説明和) 捲取單板時所產生之隆起的部分6 5 a,則會在稍微鬆驰 的狀態下被捲取而成爲捲筒6 6。 此外,當使所有的壓接構件的壓力減少或是成爲零時 ,則讓捲筒回轉的力量也會減少或是成爲零,而導致捲筒 的回轉速度降低,因此該一定的時間,即使捲筒的回轉速 度降低,也可以選擇出能夠良好捲取的時間。 10 .在第1實施形態中,雖然負載單元2 0所檢出 的力量,如上所述,係設成能夠大約以5 k g的力量使接 觸輥6壓接到捲筒輥3 5或捲筒6 6的値,但是也可以根 據單板的材質、厚度等而適當地變更。 11.在第1至第3實施形態中,在捲筒輥35根據 負載單元2 0或極限開關8 6的檢出信號而上升作動或停 止上升時,雖然是以檢出信號持續一捲筒輥3 5作1/4 回轉的時間爲條件,但是該時間也可以參照捲取的狀態而 根據單板的材質、厚度等而適當地變更。 1 2 .在第1實施形態中,雖然構成捲筒半徑檢測構 件的力檢測器係使用負載單元,但是也可以利用石英式壓 電開關來檢測力。 1 3 .在第1實施形態中,雖然使捲筒輥3 5上下動 的機構係使用公螺桿3 8等,但是也可以將掛設在鏈輪之 鏈條的一端固定在各保持台51 ,而藉著馬達使該鏈輪回 轉或停止而使其上下動,又也可以藉著空壓缸的動力使捲 筒輥3 5上下動。 1 4 .在上述實施形態中,在讓作爲行走體的皮帶4 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐)~ 57 - ---------种衣------1T-------0 (誚先閱讀背面之注意事項具 本頁) Λ7 B7 經濟部中央標準局貝工消费合作社印製 五 、 發明説明轺 ) 1 | 或 9 7 9 8壓 接 到 捲 筒 輥3 5 上 時 9 則 在 皮 帶 每 次 達 一 1 I 定 的 行走 距 離時 9 對 於 壓 接構 件 1 雖 然 是 使 空 壓 缸 2 6 1 1 | 9 3 λ 9 4 ,9 5 % 9 6 的壓 力 改 變 或 是 讓 凸 輪 1 2 0 i六 1 1 1 2 1 回 轉 以使 壓 縮 彈 簧 11 8 的 力 量 改 變 但 是 也 可 以 先 Μ ϋ 1 1 通 常 以 相 同 的力 量 讓 各皮帶壓接到捲筒輥3 5 丨或是捲筒 背 而 1 | 6 6 » 而 在 上述 捲 取 單 板 時, 當 檢 測 到 單 板 產 生 隆 起 的 部 之 注 意 1 I 分 6 5 a 時 ,才改 變 位於該位置之皮帶被壓接的力量》 事 項 1 1 1 亦 即 該隆 起 的 部 分 6 5 a 會 產 生 在位於捲 筒 6 6 之 本 1 裝 搬 入 側 的 正 前方 位 置 以 及 與單 板 行 走 行 走 方 向 呈 垂 直 相 交 頁 1 1 之 方 向 的 兩 端側 t 例 如 在 第1 實 施 形 態 中 如 第 2 8 圖 所 1 | 示 在 與 皮 帶4 之 行 走 方 向呈 垂 直 相 交 之 方 向 之 兩 端 的 各 1 I 皮帶 4 的 上 方, 則 各 配置 1個極限開關] 2 3 0 1 訂 1 各 皮 帶 4之 空 壓 缸 2 6的 壓 力 則 與 第 1 實 施 形 態 同 1 1 樣 地 分 成 第 1組 以 及 第 2 組而 可 以 改 變 通 常 各 空 壓 缸 1 1 2 6 則 全 部 設定 成 在 第 1 實施 形 態 中 所 述 的 第 1 壓 力 而 1 | 同 樣 地 將 單 板捲到 捲' 筒輥 3 5上 0 線 I 在 捲 取 單板 時 假 設 在第 1 組 側 的 外 側 產 生 該 隆 起 的 1 1 部 分 6 5 a 時, 則 位 在 對 應位 置 的 極 限 開 關 1 2 3 會 成 爲 1 1 〇 N 狀 態 〇 而接 受 到 該 〇 N狀 態 之 信 號 的 控 制 裝 置 會 輸 出 1 1 作 動 信 將 第1 組 之 空 壓 缸2 6 的 壓 力 變 更 成 在 第 1 實 施 1 I 形 態 中 的 第 2壓 力 〇 在 此 ,隆 起 的 部 分 6 5 a 可 以 通 過 捲 1 I 筒 6 6 與 接 觸輕 6 之 間 而同 樣 地 被 捲 取 成 爲 捲 筒 6 6 » 1 1 而 消 除 隆 起 的部 分 6 5 a 。·結 果 處 於 0 N 狀 態 的 極 限 開 1 1 關 1 2 3 會 成爲 0 F F 狀 態, 而 接 受 到 該 0 F F 狀 態 之 信 1 1 1 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS > A4規格(210X297公釐)-58-* 1T printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shellfish Consumer Cooperative Co., Ltd. Λ7 B7 V. Description of the invention) Flat plate 2 8 but it can also be constructed according to "", that is, as shown in Figures 2 to 3 of the side view and from Figure 2 to 3 One of the figures is a cross-section of the lock line L-L. As shown in FIGS. 2 to 4 of the explanatory diagram of the arrow direction, the pulley 1 0 5 on which the belt 4 is hung is provided on the pulley table 1 via a bearing (not shown). 6 can be rotated freely "pulley 106 is guided to the up and down direction by a guide member provided with an abutment (not shown) or an air cylinder 1 0 8 is arranged below the pulley table 1 0 6 By injecting compressed air at a set pressure, the front end of the piston rod 108a is abutted against the pulley table 106. As shown in FIG. 24, the gear 109 is fixed to the rotary shaft of the pulley 105, and the attached belt 1 1 2 is hung at a fixed position and fixed to the rotary shaft 1 1 Gears of 0 between 1 1 1. As a result, even if the pulley 105 is moved up and down, it is often rotated by the toothed belt 1 12. The walking belt 4 is crimped to the reel roller 3 5 and the reel roller 35 is rotated. The necessary number of the above structures is provided in a direction orthogonal to the running direction of the belt 4. In addition, with the pressure of the compressed air injected into the air cylinder 108, the force with which the belt 4 is pressed against the reel roller 35 is set to the necessary force for the first or second embodiment, respectively. In order to detect that the radius of the roll has become larger and the belt 4 has been pushed down by a certain amount, in this modification, it is best to arrange the limit switch to the paper size of the roll to apply Chinese national standards (CNS > A4 Specifications (210X297 mm) -52- IIII — Order I nn I ^ (Please read the precautions on the back before this page) Printed on the A7 ___ B by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Procurement Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 5. Description of the buckle). The drum roller 35 or the drum 4 is under the belt 4. 3. In the first to third embodiments, the belt 4 or 97, 98 as the traveling body is crimped to the crimping member of the reel roller 35, although the pneumatic cylinders 26, 93, 94, 95, and 96 are used. However, it is also possible to replace the air cylinder with the following structure. 1 1 6 is a reversing plate which is located below the flat plate 28, and is provided with respect to each flat plate 28, and is supported to be freely rotatable by each bearing 1 1 7. The lower end of the compression spring 118 is fixed above the front end of each of the return plates 116, and the upper end of the compression spring 1 1 8 is abutted against the lower surface of the flat plate 28. It will be supported by a bearing (not shown) at a certain position so that it can rotate freely, and a servo motor (not shown) can freely stop the rotating shaft 1 1 9 along 16 The belt 4 is arranged in a direction orthogonal to the running direction of the belt 4. A cam 1 2 0 having a shape shown in FIG. 25 is fixed to the rotary shaft 1 1 9 at a position opposite to the flat plate 2 8 of each belt 4 of the first group shown in the second embodiment, or A cam 1 2 1 having a half-turned cam 1 2 0 as shown in FIG. 26 is fixed to a position opposite to the flat plate 2 8 of each belt 4 of the second group shown in the second embodiment. In this state, in the first group, the return plate 1 1 6 will be lifted by the convex 1 2 0. Since the compression spring 1 1 8 is compressed, a large force will be applied to the plate 2 8, and The belt 4 is crimped to the reel roller 35 by a large force. On the other hand, in the second group, the amount of lifting of the return plate 1 1 6 by the cam 1 2 0 becomes smaller. Since the amount of compression of the compression spring 1 1 8 is small, a small force is applied to Flat plate 2 8 and belt 4 will be in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297 mm) -53- --------- ¾ .----- 1T ---- --0 (Please read the precautions on the back before consuming this page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Λ7 ___B? __ V. Description of the Invention 0) It is crimped to the roll with a small force 3 5 on. In addition, the amount of force obtained by the compression spring 1 1 8 being compressed and the force obtained by elongating the compressed spring 1 1 8 can be appropriately determined by the spring number of the compression spring 1 1 8 and the cam 120, 121. Shape. In the above structure, when the belt 4 travels, for example, 500 mm, the servo motor is actuated similarly based on a signal from a control device (not shown), and the rotary shaft 119 is caused to stop half-turn. Here, in the first group, since the cam 1 2 0 is in the state of the cam 1 2 1 in FIG. 26 and the compression spring 1 1 8 is extended, the belt 4 is pressed to the reel with a small force. On the roller 3 5 or in the second group, the cam 1 2 1 is in the state of the cam 1 2 0 in FIG. 25 and the compression spring 1 1 8 is contracted. Therefore, the belt 4 is pressed with a large force. In the same manner as above, when the belt 4 travels 500 mm, the rotating shaft 1 1 9 is stopped halfway according to the signal from the control device, and the first group and the second group are stopped. The force with which the belts 4 of the group are crimped onto the reel rollers 35 can be set to be large or small alternately. The mechanism using this compression spring 1 1 8 is constituted as follows in the modified examples shown in the above-mentioned second, third and second figures. Take the air cylinder 1 08 of the structure shown in Fig. 2 and 3 of the first generation. As shown in Fig. 27, the return plate 116, the bearing 1 1 7, and the compression spring 1 1 are shown in Figs. 25 and 26. 8. The bearing (not shown) is supported at a fixed position to freely rotate, and the rotary shaft 1 1 9 and the cam 1 2 0 or this can be freely stopped by the servo motor (not shown). Paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) ~ .54. --------- Fashion clothes -------- ir ------ ^ {诮 先 读Note on the back again. Γ page) Du Yince Λ7 __ · _B? The belts 4 used are divided into the first group and the second group in the same manner as described above, and the cams 1 2 0 or 1 2 1 are fixed to the belts 4 of each group in an offset half-turn state. 4. In the above description, for a certain force, the traveling bodies of the belts 4, 97, 98, etc. are crimped to the air cylinders 26, 93, 94, 95, 96 or the compression springs 118 and cams of the reel roller 35. The force of the crimping members such as the combination of 120 and 121 is switched interactively each time the walking distance of the belt 4., 97, 98 reaches 500mm, but the walking distance can also be based on the material and thickness of the board, etc. And change appropriately. 5. The force of the crimping member in the preceding paragraph 4 is not the walking distance of the belts 4, 9 7, 9 8, but it can also be based on the actuation signal output from the control device every time a preset time, such as 2 In the first and second embodiments, although the belt 4 is divided into two groups, and the pressure of the entire air cylinder 26 in each group is switched alternately, the same can also be changed from the two groups. The pressure of the appropriate number of belt cylinders 26, which starts from the outside perpendicular to the belt running direction, is switched to the first pressure or the second pressure. As for the pressure of other air cylinders 26, the pressure is set to the first. 1 pressure is about 1/2, and often the same pressure. 7. In the first to third embodiments, although the force of the crimping member is set to a large first pressure, the pressures of the air cylinders 26, 93, 94, 9 5, 9'6 are as described above. Set it as usual, but the 値 can also be based on --------- ^ -------? Τ ------ ^ (Please read the note on the back ^ first, then V book Page) This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 × 297 mm) -55- Printed by A7 __B7, the Central Standard of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and the Consumers Cooperative Fifth, the description of the invention 釭) The material and thickness of the board Appropriate change "8. In the first to third embodiments and the above-mentioned modifications, an example of a signal emitting member is based on a signal issued each time a traveling body such as a belt 4 reaches a predetermined walking distance. The force of the pressure-contact members such as the air cylinder 26 and the M-shrink spring 1 18, among which the pressure member that becomes the first pressure will be switched to the second pressure, or the pressure member that becomes the second pressure will be switched to The first pressure, but when the signal is emitted from the signal transmitting member, the pressure may be changed as follows. That is, when this signal is sent, the pressure member that becomes the second pressure is switched to the first pressure, and after all the crimping members are temporarily changed to the first pressure, it will become the first when the signal is sent When the pressure pressure member is switched to the second pressure, and then a signal is sent from the signal transmitting member, at the same time, the pressure member that becomes the second pressure is switched to the first pressure, and all the crimping members are temporarily made. After the signal becomes the first pressure, when the signal is sent, the pressure member that becomes the first pressure is switched to the second pressure, and the pressure is changed in the same manner hereinafter. 9. In the first to third embodiments and the above-mentioned modification examples of the "signal transmission signal", the air cylinder 2 6 can also be based on the signal transmitted when the traveling body such as the belt 4 reaches a certain distance each time. The force of the crimping members such as compressed air 118 and the like changes the pressure as follows. That is, for example, if the pressure of all the crimping members is set to the first pressure described above, each time a signal is sent from the signal-emitting member, the pressure of all the crimping members is reduced or becomes zero within a certain time. In this way, even if the strength of the crimping member is changed, the national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) is applied to this paper scale in Figure 15. 56-1111 11 衣 订 · ~-^ 1 line (Please read the intents in the back, ii this page.) Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative, Λ7 _ ^ _ B7 _ _ V. Description of the invention and) Part 6 5 a will be taken up in a slightly relaxed state to become a roll 6 6. In addition, when the pressure of all the crimping members is reduced or becomes zero, the force for rotating the reel is also reduced or becomes zero, resulting in a decrease in the revolving speed of the reel. The revolving speed of the drum is reduced, and a time for good winding can be selected. 10. In the first embodiment, although the force detected by the load unit 20 is as described above, it is provided so that the contact roller 6 can be pressed against the reel roller 3 5 or the reel 6 with a force of about 5 kg. 6 値, but it can be changed appropriately according to the material, thickness, etc. of the veneer. 11. In the first to third embodiments, when the reel roller 35 is moved up or stopped based on the detection signal of the load unit 20 or the limit switch 86, although the reel roller is continued with the detection signal 3 5 The time for 1/4 rotation is the condition, but this time can also be appropriately changed according to the material, thickness, etc. of the board with reference to the rolled state. 12. In the first embodiment, although the force detector constituting the reel radius detecting member uses a load cell, a quartz-type piezoelectric switch may be used to detect the force. 1 3. In the first embodiment, although the mechanism for moving the roll roller 35 up and down uses a male screw 38, etc., one end of a chain hanging on a sprocket may be fixed to each holding table 51, and The sprocket is rotated or stopped by the motor to move it up and down, and the reel roller 35 can also be moved up and down by the power of the air cylinder. 1 4. In the above embodiment, the paper size of the paper used as the walking body is 4 national paper standards (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) ~ 57---------- seed clothing- ---- 1T ------- 0 (诮 Please read the notes on the back page first) Λ7 B7 Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention 轺) 1 | or 9 7 9 8 When crimped onto the reel roller 3 5 9 When the belt reaches a fixed distance of 1 1 each time 9 For the crimping member 1, although the air cylinder 2 6 1 1 | 9 3 λ 9 4, 9 The pressure of 5% 9 6 is changed or the cam 1 2 0 i six 1 1 1 2 1 is rotated to change the force of the compression spring 11 8 but it is also possible to first Μ 1 1 1 usually press the belts with the same force The reel roll 3 5 丨 or the roll back and 1 | 6 6 »When the veneer is wound up, the position of the bulge of the veneer is detected 1 I min 6 5 a, and then it is located at this position. Power of the belt being crimped "Matter 1 1 1 The raised part 6 5 a is generated at the position directly in front of the loading and unloading side of the reel 6 6 and at both ends t in the direction perpendicular to the sheet walking direction of the sheet 1 1. For example, in the first embodiment As shown in Figure 2 of Figure 1 | Shown above each of the 1 I belts 4 at the two ends that are perpendicular to the direction of travel of the belt 4, each limit switch is equipped] 2 3 0 1 Order 1 each belt 4 The pressure of the air cylinder 26 is the same as that of the first embodiment. The pressure is divided into the first group and the second group in the same way as in the first embodiment. Normally, each of the air cylinders 1 1 2 6 can be set as described in the first embodiment. The first pressure mentioned above is 1 | Similarly, the veneer is rolled onto the roll 'barrel roll 3 5 0 line I When the veneer is wound up, it is assumed that the raised 1 1 part 6 5 a is generated outside the side of the first group , Then the limit switch 1 2 3 at the corresponding position will become 1 1 ON state. The control device receiving the signal of the ON state will output a 1 1 motion message to change the pressure of the air cylinder 2 6 of the first group to the second pressure in the first implementation 1 I form. Here, the raised portion 6 5 a can be taken up as a roll 6 6 »1 1 by removing the bulged portion 6 5 a by rolling between the roll 1 I and the contact 6 6. · The result is at the limit of 0 N state. 1 1 Off 1 2 3 will become 0 FF state, and the letter that received this 0 FF state 1 1 1 This paper size applies Chinese national standard (CNS > A4 specification (210X297 mm) ) -58-

經濟部中央標準局貝工消费合作社印裝 五、發明説明釦 ) . 號的控制裝置會輸出作動信號,將成爲第2壓力的第1組 的空壓缸2 6的壓力變更成第1壓力。連在第2組側的外 側發出該隆起的部分6 5 a時,與上述同樣地變更第2組 側的空壓缸26的壓力。 當如上述般控制時,對於由於樹種或單板的厚度厚’ 而導致隆起的部分6 5 a發生比較少的情形而言會極爲有 效。 又如上所述,設有2個極限開關1 2 3,藉由控制裝 置來判斷極限開關1 2 3的ON狀態是否持續在依據適當 設之行走距離所設定的次數以上,當0 N狀態達到該所設 定的次數以上時,則會自控制裝置輸出作動信號,以後則 與第1實施形態同樣地,在每次達一定的行走距離時,自 動地將第1組與第2組的空壓缸2 6的壓力交互地切換成 第1壓力或是第2壓力。 1 5 .在上述實施例中,當持續捲取單板到捲筒輥 3 5而使得捲筒的半徑變大時,雖然捲筒輥3 5會藉著公 螺桿3 8等的間隔變更構件而上升,但是也可以如下所述 ,捲筒輥3 5本身不會上下動,而會在一定的位置,藉由 作動裝置讓行走體下降。 與2第實施形態同樣地,針對讓皮帶4壓接到捲筒輥 3 5或是捲筒的裝置來加以說明。 第29圖係表該裝置之平面的部分說明圖、第30圖 係表自第2 9圖之一點鎖線N — N的斷面,看箭頭方向的 圖、第3 1圖係表自第2 9圖之一點鎖線P-P的斷面看 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐)_ 59 _ ---------装-- (锖先閱讀背»δ之注意事項再 ,τ本頁) -# 線 A7Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shellfish Consumer Cooperatives. 5. The description of the invention. The control device No. will output an operating signal to change the pressure of the air cylinder 26, which is the first group of the second pressure, to the first pressure. When the raised portion 65a connected to the outside of the second group side is released, the pressure of the air cylinder 26 on the second group side is changed in the same manner as described above. When controlled as described above, it is extremely effective in the case where the raised portion 65a is relatively small due to the thickness of the tree species or veneer. As described above, two limit switches 1 2 3 are provided. The control device determines whether the ON state of the limit switch 1 2 3 continues for more than the number of times set according to the appropriately set walking distance. When the 0 N state reaches the When the number of times is set or higher, an operating signal is output from the control device. Thereafter, as in the first embodiment, each time a certain walking distance is reached, the first and second groups of air cylinders are automatically set. The pressure of 26 is alternately switched to the first pressure or the second pressure. 15. In the above-mentioned embodiment, when the veneer is continuously taken up to the roll roll 35 to make the radius of the roll larger, although the roll roll 35 is changed by the interval changing member such as the male screw 38 Ascending, but as described below, the reel roller 35 itself does not move up and down, but at a certain position, the traveling body is lowered by the actuating device. As in the second embodiment, a device for crimping the belt 4 to the reel roller 35 or the reel will be described. Fig. 29 is a partial explanatory diagram of the plane of the device, Fig. 30 is a cross-section of the point lock line N-N from one of Figs. One cross section of the point-locked line PP is based on the Chinese paper standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm). 59_____install-(锖 Read the back first »Attention of δ Matters again, τ page)-# Line A7

IT 經濟部中央標隼局貝工消费合作社印掣 五 、 發明説明狖) 1 1 箭 頭 方向 的圖。 1 I 12 6爲各自被配置在與皮 帶 4之 行 走 方 向 呈 垂 直 相 1 1 I 交 之 方的 2個外側的支柱。 請 1 1 經由 軸承(未圖示),將1 個 軸1 2 7 的 兩 端 支 撑 在 先 K 1 1 2 個 支柱 1 2 6而可以自由從動 回 轉軸 而 在 軸 1 2 7 » 背 1¾ 1 1 同 樣 地在 與皮帶4之行走方向呈 垂 直相 交 的 方 向 的 2 個 外 注 意 1 I 側 I 則以 軸1 2 7爲中心,而分 別 經由 軸 承 1 2 8 設 置 了 事 項 苒 1 1 1 成 爲 皮帶 4之保持構件之一部分的回動臂] 2 ! 9 〇 本 1 裝 經由 軸承130,將1個軸 1 3 1 的 兩 端 支 撑 在 2 個 頁 1 1 回 動 臂1 2 9的前端而可以自由 從 動回 轉 且 隔 著 間 隔 將 1 | 例 如 16 個滑輪1 3 2固定在軸 1 3 1 0 另 — 方 面 在軸 1 1 1 2 7, 則分別將滑輪1 3 3固 定 在相 對 於 滑 輪 1 3 2 的 1 訂 1 位 置 ,而 將皮帶4掛設在各相對 的 滑輪 1 3 2 、 1 3 3 上 1 1 1 又, 皮帶1 3 4已掛設在相 鄰 之滑 輪 1 3 3 之 間 的 滑 1 1 | 輪 ( 未圖 示)則固定在軸1 2 7 而經 由 鏈 條 1 3 7 將 馬 線 I 達 1 3 6 的回轉傳達到被固定在位在軸] r 7 ’之支柱 1 1 1 2 6的外側的端部的齒輪1 3 5 |藉此使皮帶4 、及 1 1 1 3 4朝 箭頭方向行走。 1 1 另一 方面,在位在與皮帶4 之 行走 方 向 呈 垂 直相 交 之 1 I 方 向 上兩 側的回動臂1 2 9之間 則設 有 兩 端 分 別 被 固 定 1 1 I 在 回 動臂 1 2 9,而與回動臂1 2 9 — 體 地 回 動 的 支撑板 1 1 1 3 8 〇 而在該支撑板1 3· 8上 在各 皮 帶 4 的 下 方 9 則 1 1 如 第 3 1 圖所示,設有位在皮帶 之 行走 方 向 上 游 側 的 端 部 1 1 1 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐).6〇 - A7 B? 經濟部中央標準局貝工消费合作社印製 五 發明説明非 ) 1 | 被軸 承 I 3 9 支 撑 爲 可 以 自由 回動 » 而 寬 度 相 等 於 皮 帶 4 1 I 的 平 板 I 4 0 » 在 平 板 I 4 0 之該 方 向 下 游 側 的 下 方 則 1 1 將 空 壓 缸I 4 I 固 定 到 支 撑板 I 3 8 上 當 將 後 述 壓 力 之 許 1 1 壓 縮 空 氣注 入 到 該 空 壓 缸 I 4 I時 9 則 其 活 塞 桿 的 前 端 抵 先 閱 1 1 接在平板I 4 0 的 下· 面 0 •Λ 背 1¾ 1 | 同 樣地 9 在 支 撑 板 I 3 8 上, 在 位 在 與 皮 TO 4 之 行 走 < 注 意 1 I 方 向 呈 垂直 相 交 之 兩 端 的 皮帶 4的 下 方 則 分 別 設 置 用 來 事 項 再 1 1 1 檢 測 平 板I 4 0 已 下 降 — 定量 之作 爲 捲 筒 半 徑 檢 測 構 件 的 1 ·*·} 本 1 裝 極 限 開 關I 4 2 〇 頁 V—· 1 1 又 在2 個 回 動 臂 I 2 9的 下方 則 如 第 3 0 圖 所 示 分 1 I 別 有 空壓 缸 I 4 3 藉 由銷 I 4 4 來 連 結 空 壓 缸 I 4 3 1 I 之 活 塞 桿I 4 3 a 的 w_. 刖 端 與設 在回 動 臂 I 2 9 之 下 面 的 卡 1 訂 止 部 〇 空壓 缸 I 4 3 的 尺 寸以 及注 入 到 空 壓 缸 I 4 3 之 初 1 1 始 狀 態 之壓 縮 空 氣 的 壓 力 ,則 在將 後 述 壓 力 的 壓 縮 空 氣 注 1 1 入 到 各 空壓 缸 I 4 2 的 狀 態下 ,當 將 壓 縮 空 氣 注 人 空 壓 缸 1 1 I 4 3 時, 則 活 塞 桿 I 4 3 a 會前進 到 行 程 的 終 端 而 第 線 1 3 0 圖 所示 如 使 回 動 臂 I 2 9幾 乎 呈 水 平 被 支 撑般地 設 1 1 定 各 個 値。 此 外 在 注 入 該已 設定 壓 力 的 壓 縮 空 氣 後 則 1 1 關 閉 空 壓缸 I 4 3 的 整縮空氣注入口 以後之空壓缸 1 | I 4 3 的壓 縮 空 氣 則 會 根據 接受 到 來 白 極 限 開 關 I 4 2 1 I 之檢 測 信號 的控制 裝 置 (未圖示)如後述般地被控制。 1 1 I 6條 的 皮 帶 4 則 被 分成 第I 以 及 第 2 組 各 組 之 空 1 1 壓 缸 I 4 I 的 壓 力 則 據來 自控制 裝 置 ( 未 圖 示 ) 的作 1 1 動 信 號 ,在 每 次 皮 帶 4 達 一定 之行 走 距 離 時 會 交 互 地 變 更 1 1 1 張 紙 ^ 適 準 標 家 釐 公 97 2 61 經濟部中央標率局負工消费合作社印裝 Λ7 B7___ 五、發明説明如) 成第1壓力或第2壓力的作動則與第2實施形態相同。 另一方面,會自由從動回轉的捲筒輥3 5,在捲取單 板時,會如第2實施形態所示般地不會上下動,而會位在 —定的位置,或是設置一會如第2實施形態般地移動而供 給線的噴嘴3 1 β 在本變形例中乃如上述般地構成,雖然是藉由皮帶 1 3 4以及4 —邊搬送單板,而與線一起被捲附到捲筒輥 3 5而成爲捲筒,但是與第2實施形態同樣地,由於皮帶 4的壓力會變化成第1壓力或是第2壓力,因此可以得到 同樣的效果。 又當持續捲取,而使得被捲附在捲筒輥3 5上之捲筒 的半徑慢慢地變大時,雖然捲筒推壓皮帶4的力量也會慢 慢地變化,但是由於捲筒輥3 5之上下方向的位置不變, 且回動臂1 2 9也會藉由空壓缸1 4 3持續地被支撑成大 約水平狀,因此,皮帶4以及平板1 4 0會自第31圖的 狀態開始被往下推,而平板1 4 0會相對於支撑板1 3 8 慢慢地回動下降,而使得平板1 4 0與支撑板1 3 8的間 隔變爲狹窄。由於極限開關1 4 2,如上述般被設在支撑 板1 3 8上,因此,正在回動下降的平板1 4 0不久會抵 接到極限開關1 4 2,當極限開關1 4 2成爲ON狀態時 ,該信號會被傳達到控制裝置。 根據來自接受到該信號之控制裝置的作動信號,會打 開空壓缸1 4 3的排氣閥,.而將在上述初始狀態下所注入 的壓縮空氣排出到大氣中。在此,則用來支撑回動臂 本紙伕尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS } A431 兄格(210X297公釐)_ g2 ---------扣衣------1T------0 (诗先閱讀背面之注意事項再〕本頁) 經濟部中央樣準局貝工消费合作社印製 Λ7 B7__ 五、發明説明釦) 1 2 9之空壓缸1 4 3的力量會變小,而活塞桿1 4 3 a 會後退到空壓缸1 4 3內,使得回動臂1 2 9回動下降。 雖然支撑板1 3 8與捲筒的間隔會因爲該下降而擴大,但 是由於平板1 4 0會因爲空壓缸1 4 1而經常受到向上的 力量,因此,即使回動臂1 2 9回動下降,平板1 40也 幾乎不會下降,而使得平板1 4 0與支撑板1 3 8的間隔 擴大,而使極限開關142離開平板140。結果,極限 開關1 4 2成爲OFF狀態,當該信號被傳達到控制裝置 時,則控制裝置會輸出作動信號,而將空壓缸1 4 3之已 經打開的上述排氣閥關閉》在此,活塞桿1 4 3 a會停止 朝空壓缸1 4 3內後退,連回動臂1 2 9也會停止回動下 降,在自水平的狀態稍微傾斜的狀態下會被空壓缸1 4 3 所支撑,在該狀態下,與上述同樣地,皮帶4會被壓接到 捲筒,而持續捲取單板。 以後,在每次捲筒的半徑變大,而極限開關14 2成 爲ON狀態時,則與上述同樣地對空壓缸1 4 3的排氣閥 進行開閉,讓回動臂1 2 9下降回動些微量而進行捲取。 1 6 .在以上的說明中,雖然爲了要檢測捲筒的半徑 而使用負載單元2 0、極限開關8 6、極限開關9 9、 1 0 0以及極限開關1 4 2,但是也可以是一由在捲筒的 半徑方向隔著間隔所配置之多個投光器與受光器而構成的 光電開關,重要的是只要能夠檢測出捲筒的半徑即可》 1 7 .在以上所示之第1以及第2實施形態中,雖然 將接觸輥6設成可以藉由捲筒輥3 5或是捲筒6 6而從動 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標窣(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐).63 - ---------參------1T-----1^ (請先閱讀背而之注意事項再.~本頁)Printed by the Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of IT and Economy, Shellfish Consumer Cooperatives 5. Description of the Invention 狖) 1 1 The direction of the arrow. 1 I 12 6 are two outer pillars arranged on the side perpendicular to 1 1 I in the direction of travel of the belt 4. Please support 1 1 through the bearing (not shown) at both ends of a shaft 1 2 7 in advance. K 1 1 2 pillars 1 2 6 can freely follow the rotating shaft and the shaft 1 2 7 »back 1¾ 1 1 Similarly, two outsides that are perpendicular to the running direction of the belt 4. Note that the I side is centered on the shaft 1 2 7 and the items are set via the bearings 1 2 8 苒 1 1 1 to become the belt 4 Part of the swinging arm of the retaining member] 2! 9 〇 This 1 is installed through the bearing 130 to support both ends of a shaft 1 3 1 on two pages 1 1 The front end of the swinging arm 1 2 9 can be freely driven Rotate and rotate 1 at intervals | For example, 16 pulleys 1 3 2 are fixed to the shaft 1 3 1 0. In addition — on the shaft 1 1 1 2 7, the pulleys 1 3 3 are fixed to the rollers 1 3 2 respectively. 1 order 1 position, and the belt 4 is hung on the opposite pulleys 1 3 2, 1 3 3 1 1 1 and the belt 1 3 4 has been hung between the adjacent pulleys 1 3 3 | The wheel (not shown) is fixed to the shaft 1 2 7 via the chain Article 1 3 7 conveys the rotation of the line I up to 1 3 6 to the gear 1 3 5 fixed at the outer end of the pillar 1 1 1 2 6 located on the shaft] r 7 '| thereby making the belt 4, And 1 1 1 3 4 walking in the direction of the arrow. 1 1 On the other hand, there are swing arms 1 2 9 located on both sides of the 1 I direction that intersects the walking direction of the belt 4 perpendicularly. 1 2 I 2 9 and the support plate 1 2 1 — which is physically turned back, 1 1 1 3 8 〇 On the support plate 1 3 · 8 under each belt 4 9 then 1 1 as shown in Figure 3 1 As shown, there is an end located on the upstream side of the walking direction of the belt. 1 1 1 This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm). 60- A7 B? Printed by the Consumer Cooperative Fifth Invention Description Non) 1 | Supported by bearing I 3 9 to be able to freely revolve »Flat plate I 4 0 with width equal to belt 4 1 I» Below the downstream side of flat plate I 4 0 in this direction 1 1 Fix the air cylinder I 4 I to the support plate I 3 8 When the pressure of the following pressure is injected 1 1 Compressed air is injected into the air cylinder I 4 I 9 The front end of the piston rod is against the first reading 1 1 is connected to the lower surface of the plate I 4 0 · Λ back 1¾ 1 | Similarly 9 is on the supporting plate I 3 8, which is located at the two ends that perpendicularly intersect with the leather TO 4 & Note 1 The lower part of the belt 4 is separately set for matters. 1 1 1 Detecting the flat plate I 4 0 has been lowered — quantitatively as a roll radius detecting member 1 · * ·} This 1 is equipped with a limit switch I 4 2 〇Page V— · 1 1 is under the 2 swinging arms I 2 9 as shown in figure 3. 1 I does not have an air cylinder I 4 3. The piston of the air cylinder I 4 3 1 I is connected by a pin I 4 4. The w_. End of the lever I 4 3 a and the card 1 retaining part provided below the swing arm I 2 9. The size of the air cylinder I 4 3 and the initial injection into the air cylinder I 4 3 1 1 In the state of the compressed air pressure, when the compressed air injection pressure 1 1 described later is inserted into each of the air cylinders I 4 2, when the compressed air is injected into the air cylinders 1 1 I 4 3 At the time, the piston rod I 4 3 a will advance to the end of the journey and the line 1 30 shows that the return arm I 2 9 is almost horizontally supported and set 11 to each 値. In addition, after the compressed air of the set pressure is injected, the compressed air of the air cylinder 1 | I 4 3 after the compressed air injection port of the air cylinder I 4 3 is closed will be based on the incoming white limit switch I 4 The control device (not shown) of the 2 1 I detection signal is controlled as described later. 1 1 I 6 belts 4 are divided into groups I and 2 of each group. 1 1 The pressure of the cylinder I 4 I is based on the operation signal from the control device (not shown). Belt 4 will change interactively when it reaches a certain walking distance 1 1 1 sheet of paper ^ Applicable standard Jiali 97 2 61 Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Consumer Cooperatives Λ7 B7___ 5. The invention is described as the first The operation of the pressure or the second pressure is the same as that of the second embodiment. On the other hand, the reel rollers 35, which can rotate freely, will not move up and down as shown in the second embodiment when winding the veneer, but will be in a fixed position or set. The nozzle 3 1 β that moves and feeds the line while moving as in the second embodiment is configured as described above in this modification, although the single board is conveyed by the belts 1 3 4 and 4-side along with the line The roll is wound around the roll roller 35 to form a roll. However, similarly to the second embodiment, since the pressure of the belt 4 changes to the first pressure or the second pressure, the same effect can be obtained. When the reel is continuously wound, and the radius of the reel being wound on the reel roll 35 is gradually increased, although the force of the reel to push the belt 4 will gradually change, The position of the roller 3 5 in the up and down direction does not change, and the return arm 1 2 9 is continuously supported by the air cylinder 1 4 3 to be approximately horizontal. Therefore, the belt 4 and the plate 1 4 0 The state of the figure starts to be pushed down, and the flat plate 140 will slowly fall back relative to the support plate 1 38, so that the interval between the flat plate 140 and the support plate 1 38 becomes narrow. Because the limit switch 1 4 2 is provided on the support plate 1 3 8 as described above, the flat plate 1 4 0 that is falling back will soon abut the limit switch 1 4 2 when the limit switch 1 4 2 turns ON This signal is transmitted to the control unit in the state. According to the actuation signal from the control device receiving this signal, the exhaust valve of the air cylinder 1 4 3 is opened, and the compressed air injected in the above initial state is discharged to the atmosphere. Here, it is used to support the size of the paper arm of the swing arm. The Chinese national standard (CNS) A431 (210X297 mm) _ g2 --------- button clothes ----- 1T-- ---- 0 (Read the notes on the back of the poem first) Then this page) Printed by the Central Samples Bureau of the Ministry of Economy, printed by 贝 7 B7__ V. Description of the invention) 1 2 9 The power of the air cylinder 1 4 3 Will become smaller, and the piston rod 1 4 3 a will retreat into the air cylinder 1 4 3, making the swing arm 1 2 9 fall back. Although the distance between the support plate 1 3 8 and the reel will be enlarged due to the lowering, the flat plate 1 4 0 will always receive upward force due to the air cylinder 1 4 1. Therefore, even if the swing arm 1 2 9 moves back If the plate 1 40 is lowered, the plate 1 40 is hardly lowered, so that the distance between the plate 1 40 and the support plate 1 38 is enlarged, and the limit switch 142 is separated from the plate 140. As a result, the limit switch 1 4 2 is turned off. When the signal is transmitted to the control device, the control device outputs an operating signal, and the exhaust valve of the air cylinder 1 4 3 that has been opened is closed here. The piston rod 1 4 3 a will stop retreating toward the air cylinder 1 4 3, and even the swing arm 1 2 9 will stop backing down, and will be forced by the air cylinder 1 4 3 when it is slightly inclined from the horizontal state. In this state, similarly to the above, the belt 4 is crimped to the roll, and the veneer is continuously wound. After that, each time the radius of the reel becomes larger and the limit switch 14 2 is turned on, the exhaust valve of the air cylinder 1 4 3 is opened and closed in the same manner as described above, and the return arm 1 2 9 is lowered back. Take a small amount and take it up. 16. In the above description, although the load cell 20, the limit switch 8 6, the limit switch 9 9, 1 0 0, and the limit switch 1 4 2 are used to detect the radius of the reel, it can also be The photoelectric switch composed of a plurality of light emitters and light receivers arranged at intervals in the radial direction of the roll is important as long as it can detect the radius of the roll "1 7. In the second embodiment, although the contact roller 6 is set to be driven by the roll roller 35 or the roll 66, the paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm). 63- --------- Refer to ----- 1T ----- 1 ^ (Please read the precautions before going back. ~ This page)

經濟部中央標準局貝工消费合作社印装 五、發明説明0 ) 回轉,但是也會有因爲單板的樹種不同,使得捲筒6 6的 周速會因爲讓該接觸輥6回轉的阻力而變成較皮帶4的速 度爲小的情形。另一方面,由於單板會藉由皮帶’而以皮 帶4的速度被搬送,因此會在捲筒6 6的搬入側,在單板 發生鬆弛,不久單板會被折叠而被捲取。 在此,雖然未圖示,若是能夠藉由馬達等的驅動源’ 在與皮帶4相同的方向,以較皮帶4的速度稍大的同速讓 接觸輥6驅動回轉,則捲筒6 6讓接觸輥6回轉的阻力會 變無,而不會發生上述的鬆弛情形。 1 8 .在以上的說明中,雖然是檢測單板爲捲筒輥 3 5所捲取而成爲捲筒的半徑,而藉著可以變更捲筒輥 3 5與所有之行走體之間隔的間隔變更構件來改變兩者的 間隔,但是也不一定要設置該間隔變更構件,也可以在例 如第17、 18圖所示之第2實施形態中,利用活塞桿長 的空壓缸2 6,在該活塞桿伸縮的範圍內,根據捲筒的直 徑變大來捲取單板。 1 9 .在以上之說明中,雖然將捲筒輥3 5的重量設 成即使是自皮帶4以及接觸輥6接受到向上的力量,軸承 3 3也不會自支撑部5 2朝上方離開的大小,但是雖未圖 示,在將軸承3 3載置在保持台5 1的支撑部5 2上後, 也可以自軸承3 3的上部,藉由螺栓將把軸承3 3挾持在 支撑部5 2之間的抵接板固定在保持台5 1,此時可以減 小捲筒輥35的重量。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐)-64- ---------^-- (請先閲讀背而之注意事項再i.?tr本頁)Printed by the Shell Standard Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention 0) Rotation, but there will also be differences in the veneer tree species, so that the peripheral speed of the roll 66 will be changed due to the resistance of the contact roller 6 to turn The speed is smaller than the speed of the belt 4. On the other hand, since the veneer is transported at the speed of the belt 4 by the belt ', the slack occurs on the veneer on the carrying-in side of the reel 66, and the veneer is folded and taken up shortly. Here, although not shown, if the driving source such as a motor can be used to rotate the contact roller 6 at the same speed as the belt 4 in the same direction as the belt 4, the reel 6 6 will The resistance to the rotation of the touch roller 6 will be eliminated, and the aforementioned slackness will not occur. 18. In the above description, although it is detected that the veneer is taken up by the roll roll 35 to become the radius of the roll, the interval between the roll roll 35 and all the traveling bodies can be changed by changing the interval. To change the interval between the two members, but it is not necessary to provide the interval changing member. For example, in the second embodiment shown in Figs. 17 and 18, an air cylinder 26 having a long piston rod may be used. When the piston rod expands and contracts, the veneer is wound according to the diameter of the roll. 19. In the above description, although the weight of the reel roller 35 is set so that the bearing 3 3 does not leave upward from the support portion 52 even if it receives upward force from the belt 4 and the contact roller 6 Although it is not shown in the figure, after the bearing 3 3 is placed on the supporting portion 5 2 of the holding table 5 1, the bearing 3 3 may be held on the supporting portion 5 by bolts from the upper portion of the bearing 3 3. The abutment plate between 2 is fixed to the holding table 51, and at this time, the weight of the roll roller 35 can be reduced. This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -64- --------- ^-(Please read the precautions on the back before i.?tr this page)

•1T •線_ 經濟部中央標準局員工消f合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明fi[2 ) ;~~ (發明的效果) 如上所述’根據請求項1至請求項1 5中所記載的本 發明,由於是在單板不蛇行的狀態下,或是舉乎不會在折 疊的狀態下被捲取,因此可以提高在捲取時的良品率,且 品質也會提高。 又以下之請求項所記載的發明則具有以下的效果。 請求項2至11 ’請求項14以及15所記載的發明 :不需要設置一用來檢知隆起的部分6 5 a的鬆驰檢測器 ’只需反覆地進行一定的動作即可以捲取。 請求項12;由於只有在·自鬆弛檢測器輸出檢出信號 時才會變更壓接構件的力量,因此裝置之構成構件的消耗 少。 圖面之簡單說明: 第1圖係表第1實施形態之正面說明圖。 第2圖係表自第1圖之一點鎖線A — A來看箭頭方向 的平面說明圖。 第3圖係表自第1圖之一點鎖線B — B來看箭頭方向 的主要部分側面說明圖。 第4圖係表在第2圖之一點鎖線C — C的斷面來看箭 頭方向的圖。 第5圖係表示壓縮空氣供給到空壓缸之說明圖。 第6圖係表在第1圖之一點鎖線D — D的斷面來看箭 頭方向的圖。 本紙伕尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐)-65- ---------^------ΪΤ------^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項真 本頁) 經濟部中央標準局貝工消费合作社印裝 A7 B7 五、發明説明积) 第7圖係表在第1圖之一點鎖線E — E的斷面來看箭 頭方向的圖.。 第8圖係表自第2圖之一點鎖線F — F的斷面來看箭 頭方向的圖中,以實線來表示捲筒輥35的圖。 第9圖係表作動說明圖。 第10圖係表作動說明圖。 第11圖係表作動說明圖》 第12圖係表作動說明圖。 第1 3圖係表作動說明圖。 第14圖係表作動說明圖》 第15圖係表作動說明圖。 第16圖係捲筒之捲回的作動說明圖。 第17圖係表第2實施形態的平面說明圖。 第18圖係表在第17圖之一點鎖線K-K的斷面來 自箭頭方向的圖。 第19圖係表第3實施形態之正面圖的部分說明圖。 第2 0圖係表在第1 9圖之一點鎖線J 一 J的斷面來 自箭頭方向的圖。 第21圖係表供給壓縮空氣的空壓缸的說明圖。 第2 2圖係表變形例的說明圖。 第2 3圖係表變形例之側面說明圖》 第2 4圖係表在第2 3圖之一點鎖線L 一 L的斷面來 看箭頭方向的圖。 第2 5圖係表變形例的側面說明圖。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4現格(210X297公釐)-66 · ---------^-- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再 6本頁)• 1T • Line _ Printed by the staff of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Co-operative Society A7 B7 V. Description of the invention fi [2); The invention of the invention is in a state in which the veneer is not snaked or is not rolled in a folded state, so the yield rate during winding can be improved, and the quality is also improved. The invention described in the following claims has the following effects. Claims 2 to 11 'The inventions described in Claims 14 and 15: It is not necessary to provide a slack detector for detecting the raised portion 6 5 a', and it can be taken up by simply performing a certain action repeatedly. Claim 12; Since the force of the crimping member is changed only when the self-relaxation detector outputs a detection signal, the consumption of the constituent members of the device is small. Brief description of the drawings: FIG. 1 is a front explanatory view of the first embodiment of the table. Fig. 2 is a plan explanatory view in the direction of the arrow when the point lock line A-A is viewed from one of the first pictures. Fig. 3 is a side explanatory view of the main part in the direction of the arrow when the point lock line B-B is viewed from one of the figures in Fig. 1. Figure 4 is a diagram showing the direction of the arrow on the cross section of the point-lock line C-C in Figure 2; Fig. 5 is an explanatory diagram showing the supply of compressed air to the air cylinder. Fig. 6 is a diagram showing the direction of the arrow on the cross section of the point lock line D-D in one of the first pictures. The size of this paper is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -65- --------- ^ ------ ΪΤ ------ ^ (Please read the Notes on this page) A7 B7 printed by Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention) Figure 7 is a diagram of the direction of the arrow at the cross section of the point lock line E — E in Figure 1. . Fig. 8 is a view showing the direction of the arrow from the cross section of the point lock line F to F in Fig. 2 and shows the roll roller 35 with a solid line. Fig. 9 is an explanatory diagram of a table operation. Fig. 10 is an explanatory diagram of a table operation. Fig. 11 is an explanatory diagram of table operation "Fig. 12 is an explanatory diagram of table operation. Figure 13 is an explanatory diagram of the operation of the table. Fig. 14 is an explanatory diagram of table operation "Fig. 15 is an explanatory diagram of table operation. FIG. 16 is an explanatory diagram of the operation of rewinding the reel. Fig. 17 is a plan explanatory view of the second embodiment. Fig. 18 is a view showing a cross section of the point-lock line K-K at one of Figs. Fig. 19 is a partial explanatory diagram of the front view of the third embodiment of the table. Figure 20 is a diagram showing the cross section of the point-lock line J-J at one of the figures 19 from the direction of the arrow. Fig. 21 is an explanatory diagram showing an air cylinder supplying compressed air. Fig. 22 is an explanatory diagram of a modification of the table. Fig. 23 is a side explanatory diagram of a modified example of the watch. Fig. 24 is a diagram of the arrow in the cross section of the lock line L-L at one of the points in Fig. 23. Fig. 25 is a side explanatory view of a modification of the watch. This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 now (210X297 mm) -66 · --------- ^-(Please read the precautions on the back before 6 pages)

-、1T 線 經濟部中央標準局負工消費合作社印裝 Λ7 _._B7__ 五、發明説明和) 第2 6圖係表變形例的側面說明圖。 第2 7圖係表變形例的側面說明圖。 第2 8圖係表變形例的側面說明圖。 第29圖係表變形例之平面的部分說明圖。 第3 0圖係表在第2 9圖之一點鎖線N — N的斷面來 看頭方向的圖。 第3 1圖係表在第2 9圖之一點鎖線P — P的斷面來 看箭頭方向的圖。 第3 2圖係表習知裝置的側面說明圖。 符號的說明 4 皮帶 6 接觸輥 1 2 第1臂 1 9 氣壓缸 2 0 負載單元 2 6 空壓缸 3 0 線 3 1 噴嘴 3 5 捲筒輥 6 5 板 9 3 空壓缸 9 4 空壓缸 9 5 ‘空壓缸 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐)-67- I '^私 I I n n ^ (請先閱請背面之注意事項再 h本頁) 五、發明説明釦) 9 6 空 壓 缸 1 1 8 壓 縮彈 簧 1 2 0 凸 輪 1 2 1 凸 輪 1 2 3 極 限 開 關 1 4 2 極 限 開 關 1 4 3 空 壓 缸 A7 B? ^ir-------.ii (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再耗本頁) 經濟部中央標隼局員工消费合作社印裝 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐)_ 68-Line 1T Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Consumer Cooperatives Λ7 _._ B7__ V. Description of the invention and Figures 2 and 6 are side explanatory views of the modification of the table. Fig. 27 is a side explanatory view of a modification of the watch. Fig. 28 is a side explanatory view of a modified example of the watch. Fig. 29 is a partially explanatory view of a plane of a modification example of the table. Fig. 30 is a view of the head direction in the cross section of the point-lock line N-N in Fig. 29. Figure 31 is a diagram in the direction of the arrow on the cross-section of the point-lock line P—P at one of the figures 29. Fig. 32 is a side explanatory view of a watch conventional device. Explanation of symbols 4 Belt 6 Contact roller 1 2 1st arm 1 9 Pneumatic cylinder 2 0 Load unit 2 6 Pneumatic cylinder 3 0 Line 3 1 Nozzle 3 5 Reel roller 6 5 Plate 9 3 Pneumatic cylinder 9 4 Pneumatic cylinder 9 5 'The size of the paper of the air cylinder is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -67- I' ^ 私 II nn ^ (Please read the precautions on the back before h page) 5. Invention Description buckle) 9 6 Air cylinder 1 1 8 Compression spring 1 2 0 Cam 1 2 1 Cam 1 2 3 Limit switch 1 4 2 Limit switch 1 4 3 Air cylinder A7 B? ^ Ir -------. ii (Please read the precautions on the back before consuming this page) The printed paper size of the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) _ 68

Claims (1)

經濟部中央標準局β:工消费合作杜印*. A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 1 種膠合板之捲取裝置,其特徵在於:備有 被支撑成可以自由地從動回轉,而捲有膠合板之捲筒 輥; 位在捲筒輥的下方,隔著適當的間隔設在捲筒輥之軸 中心線的方向,在與該軸中心線的方向呈垂直相交的方向 上’分別朝相同的方向驅動行走的多個行走體: 設在各行走體,而以一定的力量將各行走體壓接到捲 筒輥的壓接構件; 輸出用來改變壓接構件之上述力量的信號的信號發出 構件及; 當自信號發出構件輸出檢測信號時,在與該信號呈對 應的時間,至少使一部分之壓接構件之上述壓接的力量變 小或成爲零般地將作動信號輸出到壓接構件的控制裝置。 2 . —種膠合板之捲取裝置,其特徵在於:備有 被支撑成可以自由地從動回轉,而捲有膠合板之捲筒 輥; 位在捲筒輥的下方,隔著適當的間隔設在捲筒輥之軸 中心線的方向,在與該軸中心線的方向呈垂直相交的方向 上,分別朝相同的方向驅動行走的多個行走體: 設在各行走體,而以一定的力量將各行走體壓接到捲 筒輥的壓接構件; 將各行走體保持成可以自由地行走的保持構件: 輸出用來改變壓接構件之上述力量的信號的信號發出 構件; 本纸張尺度逋用t困國家揉準(CNS ) A4规格(2丨0X297公釐)-69- (請先閱讀背面之注意Ϋ項再> 本頁) L ΓCentral Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs β: Industrial and consumer cooperation Du Yin *. A8 B8 C8 D8 VI. Patent application scope 1 type of plywood coiling device, which is characterized in that it is supported to be able to rotate freely, and coiled Reel rolls of plywood; located below the reel rolls, placed at appropriate intervals in the direction of the axis centerline of the reel rolls, in a direction that intersects the direction of the axis centerline perpendicularly, respectively, toward the same A plurality of traveling bodies driven by directions: provided on each traveling body, and crimping each traveling body to a crimping member of a reel roller with a certain force; a signal is output to output a signal for changing the aforementioned force of the crimping member When the detection signal is output from the signal-emitting component, at least a part of the crimping force of the crimping component is reduced or becomes zero at a time corresponding to the signal, and the operating signal is output to the crimping component. Control device. 2. A kind of plywood take-up device, which is characterized in that it is provided with a roll roller that is supported to be able to rotate freely and is wound with plywood; it is located below the roll roller and is arranged at an appropriate interval at The direction of the axis centerline of the roll roller is in a direction perpendicular to the direction of the axis centerline, and a plurality of traveling bodies are driven in the same direction, respectively: provided on each traveling body, and using a certain force Each walking body is crimped to a crimping member of the reel; a holding member that holds each walking body to be able to walk freely: a signal emitting member that outputs a signal for changing the aforementioned force of the crimping member; Standard for CNS) A4 (2 丨 0X297mm) -69- (Please read the note on the back first, then this page) L Γ 經濟部中央揉率局爲工消费合作社印«. 六、申請專利範圍 用來改變捲筒輥與保持構件之間隔的間隔變更構件; 用來檢測爲捲筒輥所捲取,而成爲捲筒狀之膠合板之 半徑的捲筒半徑檢測構件及; 當自信號發出構件輸出檢測信號時,在與該檢測信號 呈對應的時間,使壓接構件的上述壓接的力量變小或成爲 零般地將作動信號輸出到壓接構件,或是當自半徑檢測構 件所檢測出的半徑成爲一定量時,如使捲筒輥與保持構件 之間隔擴展般地將作動信號輸出到間隔變更構件的控制裝 置。 3 . —種膠合板之捲取裝置,其特徵在於:.備有 被支撑成可以自由地從動回轉,而捲有膠合板之捲筒 輥; 位在捲筒輥的下方,隔著適當的間隔設在捲筒輥之軸 中心線的方向,在與該軸中心線的方向呈垂直相交的方向 上,分別朝相同的方向驅動行走的多個行走體: 設在各行走體,而以一定的力量將各行走體壓接到捲 筒輥的壓接構件; 輸出用來改變壓接構件之上述力量的信號的信號發出 構件及; 對於在上述軸中心線的方向,位在中央之兩側的壓接 構件,當最初將其中一側之至少一個壓接構件的上述力量 設成第1力量,而將另一側之至少1個壓接構件的上述力 量設成較第1力量爲小的第2力量’而當自信號發出構件 發出檢測信號時,藉由上述至少1個壓接構件將成爲第1 本紙張尺度逋用中困國家樣率(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ297公釐)-70- ---------^-- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再ί為本頁) 訂 線 經濟部中央橾準局負工消費合作社印$L 六、申請專利範圍 . 力量之壓接構件的力量變更成第2力量,或是將成爲第2 量之壓接構件的力量變更成第1力量,當以下每次自信號 發出構件發出信號時,如同樣地使壓接構件的力量交互地 變更般地將作動信號輸出到各壓接構件的控制裝置。 4 . 一種膠合板之捲取裝置,其特徵在於:備有 被支撑成可以自由地從動回轉,而捲有膠·合板之捲筒 輥; 位在捲筒輥的下方,隔著適當的間隔設在捲筒輥之軸 中心線的方向',在與該軸中心線的方向呈垂直相交的方向 上,分別朝相同的方向驅動行走的多個行走體; 設在各行走體,而以一定的力量將各行走體壓接到捲 筒輥的壓接構件; 輸出用來改變壓接構件之上述力量的信號的信號發出 構件及: 對於在上述軸中心線的方向,位在中央之兩側的壓接 構件,當最初將其中一側之至少一個壓接構件的上述力量 設成第1力量,而將另一側之至少1個壓接構件的上述力 量設成較第1力量爲小的第2力量,而當自信號發出構件 發出檢測信號時,在將上述另一側之成爲第2力量的壓接 構件的力量設成第1力量後,將上述其中一側之成爲第1 力量的壓接構件的力量設成第2力量,接著當自信號發出 構件發出檢測信號時,在將上述其中一間之成爲第2力量 的壓接構件的力量設成第1.力量後,將上述另一側之成爲 第1力量的壓接構件的力量設爲第2力量,在以下每次自 本紙張尺度適用中國國家梂準(CNS) A4规格( 210X297公釐)· 71 - 六、申請專利範圍 信號發出構件發出檢測信號時,則同樣地如變更壓接構件 之力量般地將作動信號輸出到各壓接構件的控制裝置》 5 . —種膠合板之捲取裝置,其特徵在於:備有 被支撑成可以自由地從動回轉,而捲有膠合板之捲筒 輥: 位在捲筒輥的下方,隔著適當的間隔設在捲筒輥之軸 中心線的方向,在與該軸中心線的方向呈垂直相交的方向 上,分別朝相同的方向驅動行走的多個行走體: 設在各行走體,而以一定的力量將各行走體壓接到捲 筒輥的壓接構件; 將各行走體保持成可以自由地行走的保持構件; 輸出用來改變壓接構件之上述力量的信號的信號發出 構件: 用來改變捲筒輥與保持構件之間隔的間隔變更構件; 用來檢測爲捲筒輥所捲取,而成爲捲筒狀之膠合板之 半徑的捲筒半徑檢測構件及: 經濟部中央標準局工消費合作社印¾ 對於在上述軸中心線的方向,位在中央之兩側的壓接 構件,當最初將其中一側之至少一個壓接構件的上述力量 設成第1力量,而將另一側之至少1個壓接構件的上述力 量設成較第1力量爲小的第2力量,而當自信號發出構件 發出檢測信號時,藉由上述至少1個壓接構件將成爲第1 力量之壓接構件的力量變更成第2力量,或是將成爲第2 量之壓接構件的力量變更成.第1力量,當以下每次自信號 發出構件發出信號時,如同樣地使壓接構件的力量交互地 本纸張尺度遙用中國S家揉準(CNS ) A4规格(210 X 297公釐)-72 - C8 C8 經濟部中央揉率局員工消费合作社印裂 六、申請專利範圍 變更般地將作動信號輸出到各壓接構件,或是當自捲筒半 徑檢測構件所檢測出的半徑成爲一定量時,如使捲筒輥與 保持構件的間隔擴大般地將作動信號輸出到間隔變更構件 的控制裝置。 6 . —種膠合板之捲取裝置,其特徵在於:備有 被支撑成可以自由地從動回轉,而捲有膠合板之捲筒 輥; 位在捲筒輥的下方,隔著適當的間隔設在捲筒輥之軸 中心線的方向,在與該軸中心線的方向呈垂直相交的方向 上,分別朝相同的方向驅動行走的多個行走體: 設在各行走體,而以一定的力量將各行走體壓接到捲 筒輥的壓接構件; 將各行走體保持成可以自由地行走的保持構件: 輸出用來改變壓接構件之上述力量的信號的信號發出 構件及; 用來改變捲筒輥與保持構件之間隔的間隔變更構件: 用來檢測爲捲筒輥所捲取,而成爲捲筒狀之膠合板之 半徑的捲筒半徑檢測構件及; 對於在上述軸中心線的方向,位在中央之兩側的壓接 構件,當最初將其中一側之至少一個壓接構件的上述力量 設成第1力量,而將另一側之至少1個壓接構件的上述力 量設成較第1力量爲小的第2力量,而當自信號發出構件 發出檢測信號時,在將上述另一側之成爲第2力量的壓接 構件的力_量設成第1力量後,將.上述其中一側之成爲第1 本纸張尺度逋用中國國家輮隼(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐)-73 - I I I I I I I I 裝—I I I I I 訂— I I I I I 線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再,¾本頁) 經濟部中央標率局員工消费合作社印策 本纸張疋度逋用中a國家揉準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) A8 B8 C8 _____ D8 六、申請專利範圍 力量的壓接構件的力量設成第2力量,接著當自信號發出 構件發出檢測信號時,在將上述其中_側之成爲第2力量 的壓接構件的力量設成第1力量後,將上述另一側之成爲 第1力量的壓接構件的力量設爲第2力量,在以下每次自 信號發出構件發出檢測信號時,則同樣地如變更壓接構件 之.力1:般地將作動信號輸出到各壓接構件,或是當自捲筒 半徑檢測構件所檢測出之半徑成爲一定量時,如使捲筒輥 與保持構件之間隔擴大般地將作動信號輸出到間隔變更構 件的控制裝置。 7 .—種膠合板之捲取裝置,其特徵在於··備有 被支撑成可以自由地從動回轉,而捲有膠合板之捲筒 輥: 位在捲筒輥的下方,隔著適當的間隔設在捲筒輥之軸 中心線的方向,在與該軸中心線的方向呈垂直相交的方向 上,分別朝相同的方向驅動行走的多個行走體; 設在各行走體,而以一定的力量將各行走體壓接到捲 筒輥的壓接構件; 將各行走體保持成可以自由地行走的保持構件: 輸出用來改變壓接構件之上述力量的信號的信號發出 構件及: 用來改變捲筒輥與保持構件之間隔的間隔變更構件: 用來檢測爲捲筒輥所捲取,而成爲捲筒狀之膠合板之 半徑的捲筒半徑檢測構件及: 當自信號發出構件發出檢測信號時’在與該信號呈對 74-- ---------餐------1T---:---^ (請先閱讀背面之注f項-S填寫本頁) B8 B8 經濟部中央標準局負工消費合作社印製 本纸張尺度逋用中國國家梂準(CNS ) Α4规格(210 X 297公釐) 六、申請專利範圍 應的時間,如使所有之壓接構件之上述壓接的力量減少或 成爲零般地將作動信號輸出到壓接構件,或是當自捲筒半 徑檢測構件所檢測出的半徑成爲一定量時,如使捲筒輥與 保持構件的間隔擴大般地將作動信號輸出到間隔變更構件 的控制裝置。 8 .如申請專利範圍第1,2,3,4,5,6項或 第7項之膠合板之捲取裝置,信號發出構件可以構成爲在 每次行走體行走一定的距離時會輸出檢測信號。 9 .如申請專利範圍第1,2,3,4,5,6項或 第7項之膠合板之捲取裝置,信號發出構件可以構成爲在 行走體行走之期間,每經一定的時間會輸出檢測信號。 1 0 .如申請專利範圍第2,5,6項或第7項之膠 合板之捲取裝置,捲筒半徑檢測構件係由抵接在捲筒的外 周面,而可以在捲筒之半徑方向上移動的抵接構件與用來 檢測該抵接構件自捲筒所接受之力量的力檢測器所構成。 11.如申請專利範圍第10項之膠合板之捲取裝置 ,力檢測器係由負載單元所構成。 1 2 種膠合板之捲取裝置,其特徵在於=備有 被支撑成可以自由地從動回轉,而捲有膠合板之捲筒 輥: 位在捲筒輥的下方,隔著適當的間隔設在捲筒輥之軸 中心線的方向,在與該軸中心線的方向呈垂直相交的方向 上,分別朝相同的方向驅動行走的多個行走體: 設在各行走體,而以一定的力置將各行走體壓接到捲 - ---------襄------^---------0 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項/填寫本頁) 經濟部中央樑率局工消费合作社印*. B8 C8 _ D8 六、申請專利範圍 筒輥的壓接構件; 位在捲筒輥的搬入側,而在上述軸中心線的方向,在 中央的兩側個別設置,而檢測在行走體上之膠合板上是否 產生一定量之鬆弛,且輸出信號的鬆弛檢測器; 在自鬆弛檢測器持續地輸出檢測信號的期間,自上述 中央具有輸出檢測信號之鬆弛檢測器的一側,至少使1個 壓接構件的上述一定的力量減小或是設成零,而當自鬆弛 檢測器不再輸出檢測信號時,則如使至少1個壓接構件的 力量回復到上述一定之力量般地將作動信號輸出到壓接構 件的控制裝置》 1 3 .如申請專利範圍第1 ,2,3 ,4,5,6, 7項或第1 2項之膠合板之捲取裝置,行走體爲皮帶。 1 4 . 一種膠合板之捲取裝置,其特徵在於: 被支撑成可以自由地從動回轉,而用來捲取膠合板之 捲筒輥; 使捲筒輥上下動的作動裝置; 位在捲筒輥的下方,具有與捲筒輥之軸中心線呈平行 的軸中心線,在軸中心線的方向隔著間隔被配置,以一定 的力量,且通常在上下方向的一定位置被壓接到捲筒輥的 接觸輥: 位在捲筒輥的下方,在與捲筒輥之軸中心線的方向呈 垂直相交的方向,分別會在相同的方向上通過該間隔被驅 動行走的多個皮帶: 設在各皮帶,且以一定的力量將各皮帶壓接到捲筒輥 本紙張尺度逋用中國國家揉準(CNS > A4规格(210X297公釐) ---------餐------1T------^ (請先Η讀背面之注意事項-彳填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標车局負工消费合作杜印策 本紙張尺度速用中國國家«準(CNS ) A4规格(210x297公簸) B8 C8 __D8 六、申請專利範圍 · 的壓接構件: 在皮帶每次行走一定之距離時會輸出信號的行走距離 檢測器; 檢測自上述接觸輥之一定位置在上下方向的移動量, 且輸出信號的接觸輥位置檢測器及: 對於自與上述皮帶之行走方向呈垂直方向的中央位在 兩側的壓接構件,當最初將其中一側之至少1個壓接構件 的上述力量設成第1力量,而將另一側之至少1個壓接構 件的上述力量設成較第1力量爲小的第2力量,而自行走 距離檢測器輸出檢測信號時,藉由上述至少1個壓接構件 ,將成爲第1力量的壓接構件的力量變更成第2力量,或 是將成爲第2力量的壓接構件的力量變更成第1力量,在 以下每次自行走距離檢測器輸出檢測信號時,如同樣地使 壓接構件的力量交互變更般地將作動信號輸出到各上述壓 接構件,且當自接觸輥位置檢測器輸出該接觸輥下降一定 量時的信號時,則讓捲筒輥上升,接著當自該位置檢測器 輸出該接觸輥到達一定位置的信號時,則會停止上升,而 如此般將作動信號輸出到各上述作動裝置的控制裝置。 1 5 . —種膠合板之捲取裝置,其特徵在於: 被支撑成可以自由地從動回轉,而用來捲取膠合板之 捲筒輥: 使捲筒輥上下動的作動裝置; 位在捲筒輥的下方,具有與捲筒輥之軸中心線呈平行 的軸中心線,在軸中心線的方向隔著間隔被配置,以一定 - ---------^------tr-----10 (請先《讀背面之注$項-»填.寫本頁) 經濟部中央揉率局負工消费合作社印装 A8 B8 C8 ______ D8 六、申請專利範圍 的力耋:’且通常在上下方向的一定位置被壓接到捲筒輥的 接觸輥; 位在捲筒輥的下方,在與捲筒輥之軸中心線的方向呈 垂直相交的方向,分別會在相同的方向上通過該間隔被驅 動行走的多個皮帶; 設在各皮帶,且以一定的力量將各皮帶壓接到捲筒輥 的壓接構件; 在皮帶每次行走一定之距離時會輸出信號的行走距離 檢測器; 檢測自上述接觸輥之一定位置在上下方向的移動量, 且輸出信號的接觸輥位置檢測器及: 對於自與上述皮帶之行走方向呈垂直方向的中央位在 兩側的壓接構件,當最初將其中一側之至少1個壓接構件 的上述力量設成第1力量,而將另一側之至少1個壓接構 件的上述力量設成較第1力量爲小的第2力量,而自行走 距離檢測器輸出檢測信號時,在將上述至另一側之成爲第 2力量的壓接構件的力量設成第1力量後,將在上述其中 —側成爲第1力量之壓接構件的力量設成第2力量,接著 當自信號發出構件發出檢測信號時,在上述其中一側之成 爲第1力量的壓接構件的力量設成第1力量後,將上述另 —側之成爲第1力量之壓接構件的力量設成第2力量,在 以下每次自行走距離檢測器輸出檢測信號時,如同樣地使 壓接構件的力量交互變更般地將作動信號輸出到各上述壓 接構件,且當自接觸位置檢測器輸出該接觸輥下降一定量 本^張尺度逍用中國國家椹準(CNS ) A4規《格(210X297公釐)""""·几 : ---------^------tr------^ (請先《讀背面之注意事項异填寫本頁) A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 時的信號時,則讓捲筒輥上升,接著當自該位置檢測器輸 出該接觸輥到達一定位置的信號時,則會停止上升,而如 此般將作動信號輸出到各上述作動裝置的控制裝置。 16.如申請專利範圍第1、2、3、4、5、6、7 、12、 14或15項之膠合板之捲取裝置,其中壓接構 件係空壓缸。 ---------^— (請先《讀背面之注f項再?粍本頁) 订 線 經濟部中央標率局負工消费合作社印策 •79- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家搞準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐)The Central Kneading Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs prints for industrial and consumer cooperatives. 6. The scope of the patent application is used to change the interval changing member between the roll roller and the holding member; it is used to detect the coiled by the roll roller and become a roll. The roll radius detection member of the radius of the plywood; and when the detection signal is output from the signal emitting member, at the time corresponding to the detection signal, the above-mentioned crimping force of the crimping member is reduced or becomes zero. When the operation signal is output to the crimping member, or when the radius detected by the radius detection member becomes a certain amount, the operation signal is output to the control device of the interval changing member as the interval between the roll roller and the holding member is extended. 3. A kind of plywood take-up device, characterized in that: it is equipped with a roll roller that is supported to be able to rotate freely and is wound with plywood; it is located below the roll roller and is arranged at appropriate intervals. In the direction of the axis centerline of the roll roller, in the direction orthogonal to the direction of the axis centerline, a plurality of traveling bodies are driven in the same direction, respectively: provided on each traveling body, with a certain force Each walking body is crimped to the crimping member of the reel roller; a signal emitting member for outputting a signal for changing the above force of the crimping member; and for the direction of the centerline of the shaft, the crimping members located on both sides of the center When the above-mentioned force of at least one crimping member on one side is initially set to a first force, and the above-mentioned force of at least one crimping member on the other side is set to be a second force smaller than the first force "Power" and when a detection signal is sent from the signal emitting member, the above-mentioned at least one crimping member will become the first paper size, the national sample rate (CNS) A4 specification (210 × 297 mm) -70-- -------- ^-(please first Please read the notes on the back again for this page.) The line of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Central Standards and Quarantine Bureau, Consumption Cooperative, printed $ L. 6. Scope of patent application. The force of the crimping component of the force is changed to the second force, or will be The force of the crimping member of 2 is changed to the first force. When the signal is sent from the signal-emitting member each time, the operation signal is output to each crimping member as if the force of the crimping member is changed interactively. Control device. 4. A plywood take-up device, characterized in that it is provided with a reel roller supported to be able to follow the free rotation, and a plywood is wound; it is located below the reel roller and is arranged at appropriate intervals. In the direction of the axis centerline of the reel roller ', in a direction perpendicular to the direction of the axis centerline, a plurality of traveling bodies are driven to travel in the same direction, respectively; The force presses each traveling body to the crimping member of the reel; the signal emitting member for outputting the signal for changing the above force of the crimping member; and for the direction of the axis centerline of the shaft, the two sides of the center For a crimping member, when the aforementioned force of at least one crimping member on one side is set to a first force, and the aforementioned force of at least one crimping member on the other side is set to be smaller than the first force, 2 force, and when the detection signal is sent from the signal transmitting member, after setting the force of the crimping member on the other side as the second force to the first force, setting one of the above-mentioned one side to the pressure of the first force The strength of the connecting component The second force, when a detection signal is sent from the signal transmitting member, sets the force of the crimping member that becomes the second force among the above to the first force, and then sets the other side to the first force. The force of the crimping member is set to the second force. In the following cases, the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) is applied from this paper standard. 71-VI. When the patent application scope signals the component to send a detection signal , The control device for outputting an operating signal to each crimping member as if changing the strength of the crimping member is similar. "5. A kind of plywood winding device, which is characterized in that it is supported so that it can be driven freely. Rotate and roll the roll with plywood: It is located below the roll, and is placed at an appropriate interval in the direction of the axis centerline of the roll roller, in a direction perpendicular to the direction of the axis centerline A plurality of walking bodies that are driven to travel in the same direction are respectively provided: provided on each walking body, and crimping each walking body to a crimping member of a reel roller with a certain force; holding each walking body so that it can A holding member that walks freely; a signal emitting member that outputs a signal for changing the above-mentioned force of the crimping member: an interval changing member for changing the interval between the roll roller and the holding member; for detecting the winding by the roll roller And the roll radius detection member which becomes the radius of the roll-shaped plywood and: printed by the Central Standard Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Industrial Cooperatives ¾ For the crimp members located on both sides of the center in the direction of the axis centerline, when initially The aforementioned force of at least one crimping member on one side is set to a first force, and the aforementioned force of at least one crimping member on the other side is set to a second force smaller than the first force, and when confident When the signal is sent from the member, the force of the crimping member that becomes the first force is changed to the second force by the at least one crimping member, or the force of the crimping member that is the second quantity is changed to. The first force, when the following signal is sent from the signal-emitting member, the force of the crimping member is similarly changed. The paper size is remotely adjusted according to the Chinese standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297). %)-72-C8 C8 Employees' cooperatives of the Central Kneading Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the People's Republic of China 6. The patent application scope is changed and the operating signal is output to each crimping member, or the radius detected by the self-rolling radius detecting member When the amount is constant, the control device outputs an operation signal to the interval changing member as if the interval between the roll roller and the holding member is increased. 6. A kind of plywood take-up device, which is characterized in that it is provided with a roll roller that is supported to rotate freely and is wound with plywood; it is located below the roll roller and is arranged at an appropriate interval at The direction of the axis centerline of the roll roller is in a direction perpendicular to the direction of the axis centerline, and a plurality of traveling bodies are driven in the same direction, respectively: provided on each traveling body, and using a certain force Each running body is crimped to a crimping member of the reel; a holding member that holds each running body to be able to walk freely: a signal emitting member that outputs a signal for changing the above-mentioned force of the crimping member; and used to change the roll The interval changing member of the interval between the drum roller and the holding member: a drum radius detection member for detecting the radius of the roll-shaped plywood taken up by the drum roller; and for the direction of the axis centerline, the position For the crimping members on both sides of the center, when the aforementioned force of at least one crimping member on one side is initially set to the first force, and the aforementioned force of at least one crimping member on the other side is set The second force becomes smaller than the first force, and when a detection signal is sent from the signal transmitting member, after setting the force_quantity of the crimping member on the other side to become the second force to the first force, .One of the above is the first paper size (CNS) A4 size (210X297 mm) -73-IIIIIIII-IIIII order-IIIII line (Please read the precautions on the back first, ¾ This page) Printed paper by the Consumer Standards Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (CNS) A4 size (210X297 mm) A8 B8 C8 _____ D8 6. Pressure on the scope of patent application The force of the contact member is set to the second force, and when a detection signal is sent from the signal emitting member, after setting the force of the crimp member which becomes the second force on the _ side to the first force, the other side is set The force of the crimping member that becomes the first force is set to the second force, and each time a detection signal is sent from the signal-emitting member, the same as the change of the crimping member. Force 1: The operation signal is output to Each crimping member Since the radius of the roll or when the detection means detects the amount of a constant radius such that the platen roller and the holding of the spacer member to expand the camel actuation signal to the control means of the spacer member is changed. 7. A kind of plywood take-up device, characterized in that there is a reel roll that is supported to be able to rotate freely and is wound with plywood: it is located below the reel roll and is arranged at appropriate intervals. In the direction of the axis centerline of the reel roller, in the direction orthogonal to the direction of the axis centerline, a plurality of traveling bodies are driven to travel in the same direction, respectively; provided on each traveling body, with a certain force Pressing each running body to the crimping member of the reel roller; holding each running body as a holding member that can walk freely: a signal emitting member that outputs a signal for changing the aforementioned force of the crimping member and: for changing The interval changing member between the roll roller and the holding member: a roll radius detecting member for detecting the radius of the roll-shaped plywood taken up by the roll roller and: when a detection signal is issued from the signal emitting member 'In opposition to this signal 74---------- Meal ------ 1T ---: --- ^ (Please read the note f on the back -S first to complete this page) B8 B8 Printed by the Central Laboratories of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Consumer Cooperatives Standards: China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 6. The time required for patent application, if the above-mentioned crimping force of all crimping members is reduced or becomes zero, the signal will be actuated. When it is output to the crimping member, or when the radius detected by the self-roller radius detecting member becomes a certain amount, an operation signal is output to the control device of the interval changing member as the interval between the roll roller and the holding member is increased. 8. If the plywood coiling device of item 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or item 7 of the scope of patent application, the signal emitting member may be configured to output a detection signal each time the walking body walks a certain distance . 9. If the coiling device of the plywood is applied for items 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 of the scope of the patent application, the signal emitting member may be configured to output during a certain period of time during the walking of the walking body Detection signal. 10. If the plywood winding device of the scope of patent application Nos. 2, 5, 6, or 7, the roll radius detecting member is abutted on the outer peripheral surface of the roll, and may be in the radius direction of the roll. The moving abutment member is composed of a force detector for detecting the force received by the abutment member from the reel. 11. If the coiling device of plywood is applied for item 10 of the patent scope, the force detector is composed of a load unit. 1 2 types of plywood take-up device, characterized in = Equipped with a roll that is supported to be able to rotate freely and is wound with plywood: It is located below the roll and is placed on the roll at appropriate intervals. The direction of the axis centerline of the roller is perpendicular to the direction of the axis centerline, and a plurality of traveling bodies are driven in the same direction, respectively. They are provided on each traveling body, and are placed with a certain force. Each walking body is crimped---------- XIANG ------ ^ --------- 0 (Please read the precautions on the back / fill out this page) Ministry of Economy Printed by the Central Liang rate Bureau of Industry and Consumer Cooperatives * B8 C8 _ D8 VI. The pressure-contact member of the barrel roller; located on the roll-in side of the barrel roller, and in the direction of the above-mentioned shaft centerline, on the two sides of the center A slack detector that detects whether a certain amount of slack is generated on the plywood on the walking body and outputs a signal; while the self-slack detector continuously outputs a detection signal, a slack detector that outputs a detection signal is provided from the center On one side, make sure that the above The force is reduced or set to zero, and when the self-relaxation detector no longer outputs a detection signal, the operating signal is output to the crimping member as if the force of at least one crimping member is restored to the above-mentioned certain force. Control device> 1 3. If the patent application scope is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 12 of the plywood winding device, the walking body is a belt. 1 4. A plywood take-up device, characterized in that: it is supported so as to be able to rotate freely, and is used to take up a roll of plywood; an actuating device for moving the roll up and down; located on the roll Below, there is an axis centerline that is parallel to the axis centerline of the roll roller, and is arranged at intervals in the direction of the axis centerline, and is usually crimped to the roll with a certain force and at a certain position in the vertical direction. The contact roller of the roller: It is located below the roll roller, and perpendicularly intersects the direction of the axis centerline of the roll roller, and each of the belts will be driven to travel through the interval in the same direction: Each belt, and each belt is crimped to the roll paper size with a certain force, using the Chinese national standard (CNS > A4 size (210X297 mm) --------- Meal --- --- 1T ------ ^ (Please read the precautions on the back-彳 Fill in this page first) Du Yince, the government of the Central Bureau of Standards and Vehicles of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, and the consumer cooperation. ) A4 size (210x297 male dust) B8 C8 __D8 VI. Patent application scope · Crimping member: a walking distance detector that outputs a signal each time the belt travels a certain distance; a contact roller position detector that detects the amount of movement from a certain position of the touch roller in the up and down direction, and outputs a signal; and For the crimping members with the center on both sides perpendicular to the running direction of the belt, when the aforementioned force of at least one crimping member on one side is set to the first force and at least 1 on the other side The aforementioned force of each crimping member is set to a second force which is smaller than the first force, and when the self-walking distance detector outputs a detection signal, the at least one crimping member described above will become the crimping member of the first force. The force of the pressure-welding member is changed to the second force, or the force of the crimping member that becomes the second force is changed to the first force. When the detection signal is output from the walking distance detector each time, the force of the crimping member is the same. The operation signal is output to each of the above-mentioned crimping members alternately, and when the contact roller position detector outputs a signal when the contact roller is lowered by a certain amount, the drum roller is raised. Then when the signal from the position detector that the contact roller reaches a certain position is output, it will stop rising, and then output the operating signal to the control device of each of the above-mentioned operating devices. 1 5. — A kind of winding device for plywood, It is characterized in that it is supported by a reel roller that can be freely rotated and used to take up plywood: an actuating device that moves the reel roller up and down; it is located below the reel roller and has an axis with the reel roller The centerline is parallel to the axis centerline, and is arranged at intervals in the direction of the axis centerline, with a certain---------- ^ ------ tr ----- 10 (please first "Read the note on the back of the item-» fill in. Write this page) Printed by the Central Government Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Consumer Work Cooperatives, printed A8 B8 C8 ______ D8 VI. The scope of patent application: 'and usually in a certain position in the up and down direction The contact roller that is crimped to the reel roller; located below the reel roller, in a direction perpendicular to the direction of the axis centerline of the reel roller, will be driven to travel through the interval in the same direction. Multiple belts; located on each belt and with a certain force Each belt is crimped to the crimping member of the reel roller; a walking distance detector that outputs a signal each time the belt travels a certain distance; detects the amount of movement in a vertical direction from a certain position of the contact roller, and outputs a signal Contact roller position detector and: For the crimping member located on both sides from the center perpendicular to the running direction of the belt, the above-mentioned force of at least one crimping member on one side is initially set to the first force When the aforementioned force of at least one crimping member on the other side is set to a second force which is smaller than the first force, and when the self-walking distance detector outputs a detection signal, the above-mentioned one to the other side becomes the first force. After the force of the two-force crimping member is set to the first force, the force of the crimping member that becomes the first force at one of the above-mentioned sides is set to the second force, and then when a detection signal is sent from the signal emitting member, the above After the force of the crimping member that becomes the first force on one side is set to the first force, the force of the crimping member that becomes the first force on the other side is set to the second force. When the distance detector outputs a detection signal, the operating signal is output to each of the above-mentioned crimping members in the same manner as the force of the crimping member is changed alternately, and when the contact roller outputs the contact roller, the contact roller is lowered by a certain amount. Free use of Chinese National Standards (CNS) A4 regulations "Grid (210X297 mm)" " " " " · Guide: --------- ^ ------ tr ---- -^ (Please read the “Notes on the back of the page and fill in this page first”) A8 B8 C8 D8 6. When the signal is in the scope of patent application, make the reel roller rise, and then when the contact roller outputs from the position detector, the contact roller arrives When the signal at a certain position stops rising, the operating signal is output to the control device of each of the above-mentioned operating devices. 16. The coiling device for plywood according to item 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 12, 14 or 15 of the scope of patent application, wherein the crimping member is an air cylinder. --------- ^ — (please read "Note f on the back of the book first?) This page) The policy of the Central Laboratories Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the Consumers' Cooperatives Cooperatives • 79- This paper is applicable to China Get accurate (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297 mm)
TW087119293A 1997-11-29 1998-11-20 Winding apparatus for laminated veneer TW379166B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP34415197 1997-11-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW379166B true TW379166B (en) 2000-01-11

Family

ID=18367035

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW087119293A TW379166B (en) 1997-11-29 1998-11-20 Winding apparatus for laminated veneer

Country Status (7)

Country Link
KR (1) KR100284735B1 (en)
CA (1) CA2254518C (en)
DE (1) DE69815999T2 (en)
ID (1) ID21373A (en)
MY (1) MY114829A (en)
NZ (1) NZ333003A (en)
TW (1) TW379166B (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE202013101694U1 (en) * 2013-04-19 2014-07-22 Düspohl Maschinenbau Gmbh Device for coating profiles

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
MY114829A (en) 2003-01-31
ID21373A (en) 1999-06-03
KR100284735B1 (en) 2001-05-02
CA2254518C (en) 2006-10-31
NZ333003A (en) 2000-03-27
KR19990045627A (en) 1999-06-25
CA2254518A1 (en) 1999-05-29
DE69815999T2 (en) 2004-01-08
DE69815999D1 (en) 2003-08-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US5249758A (en) Apparatus for the continuous winding of a web of sheet-like material, in particular a paper web
US5383656A (en) Single drive nip sheet buffering system using independently driven rolls with different frictional properties
CA1109442A (en) Apparatus for replacing rotating mandrels on which a web is wound
TW379166B (en) Winding apparatus for laminated veneer
KR100276943B1 (en) Veneer veneer winding device
US5249754A (en) Method of and arrangement for gripping starting portion of coiled film
KR100259515B1 (en) Roll forming machine and its stacker
KR940010885B1 (en) Apparatus for and method of printing data in a book, a notebook or the like
JPH11349218A (en) Paper folding method
JPH08188319A (en) Device and method for feeding sheet
JPH11208987A (en) Cloth spreading machine
US3344638A (en) Equipment for starting the winding of a strip
CA2247236C (en) Veneer reeling apparatus
JPH11221804A (en) Veneer take-up device
JPS63165144A (en) Follow-up printing apparatus of binding stop paper layer
JPH0611631B2 (en) Automatic splicing device for web unwinder
JP4417976B2 (en) Veneer veneer winding device
JPH0521658B2 (en)
JPH0638032Y2 (en) Winding and unwinding device for sheet material
JPS6052450A (en) Continuous feeder of sheet material
JP2000062984A (en) Sheet feeding device
JPH0553718U (en) Roll wrinkle and roll loosening prevention device when winding metal strip
JPH0330350Y2 (en)
JP2000061909A (en) Take-up device for veneer
US708878A (en) Sheet-delivery for printing-presses.

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
GD4A Issue of patent certificate for granted invention patent
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees